You are on page 1of 224

GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590

Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

DOCUMENT 00010 - TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
00001 Project Title Page MJA
00010 Table of Contents MJA
00015 List of Drawings MJA

BIDDING AND CONTRACTING INFORMATION


Solicitation DCPL/SRS
Standard Contract Provisions Jan 2007 DCPL/SRS

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS


01100 Summary - ADDED CS/MJA/SRS
01125 Summary of Multiple Contracts CS/MJA/SRS
01210 Allowances CS/MJA/SRS
01250 Contract Modification Procedures CS/MJA/SRS
01270 Unit Prices CS/MJA/SRS
01290 Payment Procedures CS/MJA/SRS
01310 Project Management and Coordination CS/MJA/SRS
01320 Construction Progress Documentation CS/MJA/SRS
01322 Photographic Documentation CS/MJA/SRS
01330 Submittal Procedures CS/MJA/SRS
01350 Qualifications of Restoration Artisans and Craftsmen Subcontractors CS/MJA
01351 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment CS/MJA
01352 LEED Requirements CS/MJA/SRS
01400 Quality Requirements CS/MJA/SRS
01420 References CS/MJA/SRS
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls CS/MJA/SRS
01524 Construction Waste Management CS/MJA/SRS
01600 Product Requirements CS/MJA/SRS
01635 Substitution Procedures CS/MJA/SRS
01700 Execution Requirements CS/MJA/SRS
01732 Selective Demolition CS/MJA/SRS
01770 Closeout Procedures CS/MJA/SRS
01781 Project Record Documents CS/MJA/SRS
01782 Operation and Maintenance Data CS/MJA/SRS
01810 General Commissioning Requirements SRS/Cx
01820 Demonstration and Training CS/MJA/SRS

DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION


02080 Piped Utilities – Basic Materials and Methods AMT

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 1/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

02230 Site Clearing AMT


02231 Tree Protection and Trimming LPA
02260 Excavation Support and Protection MJA
02300 Earthwork AMT
02361 Termite Control MJA
02371 Micro Piles RSD
02510 Water Distribution AMT
02530 Sanitary Sewerage AMT
02620 Subdrainage MJA
02630 Storm Drainage AMT
02751 Cement Concrete Pavement LPA
02764 Pavement Joint Sealants LPA
02780 Unit Pavers LPA
02781 Porous Unit Paving LPA
02826 Ornamental Metal Fences and Gates MJA
02870 Site Furnishings LPA
02920 Lawns and Grasses LPA
02930 Exterior Plants LPA

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300 Cast-in-place Concrete RSD
03541 Gypsum Underlayment MJA

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04720 Cast Stone - DELETED LPA
04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies MJA/RSD
04860 Stone Masonry LPA
04901 Clay Masonry Cleaning and Restoration MJA
04902 Cast Stone Cleaning and Restoration MJA
04903 Marble Cleaning and Restoration. MJA
04904 Masonry Efflourescence Removal MJA

DIVISION 5 - METALS
05120 Structural Steel RSD
05310 Steel Deck RSD
05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing MJA/RSD
05500 Metal Fabrications RSD/MJA
05511 Metal Stairs MJA
05521 Pipe And Tube Railings MJA
05700 Ornamental Metal MJA
05710 Monumental Stairs and Railings MJA

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 2/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

05720 New Cast-Iron Railings to Match Historic MJA


05721 Ornamental Railings MJA
05811 Architectural Joint Systems MJA
05910 Ornamental Metal Cleaning MJA

DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS


06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry MJA
06160 Sheathing MJA
06202 Interior Finish Carpentry MJA
06400 Interior Woodwork Refinishing MJA
06401 Exterior Architectural Woodwork MJA
06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork MJA
06410 Architectural Wood Casework HWA
06416 Stone Countertops - DELETED MJA
06614 Composite Countertops MJA
06642 GFRP (Cornice) MJA

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION


07123 Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing (Concrete Deck & Between Slabs) MJA
07131 Self-adhering Sheet Waterproofing MJA
07140 Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing (Concrete & CMU) MJA
07162 Crystalline Waterproofing MJA
07210 Building Insulation MJA
07271 Self-adhering Sheet Air Barriers MJA
07315 Slate Shingles MJA
07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim MJA
07811 Sprayed Fire-resistive Materials MJA
07841 Through-Penetration Firestop Systems MJA
07920 Joint Sealants MJA

DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS


08110 Steel Frames - ADDED MJA
08113 Glass Firewall Window and Door System MJA
08211 Flush Wood Doors MJA
08212 Stile and Rail Wood Doors MJA
08290 Wood Door Refinishing MJA
08311 Access Doors and Frames MJA
08335 Self-Opening Coiling Grilles MJA
08352 Accordion Fire Door System MJA
08450 All-Glass Entrances MJA
08550 Wood Windows MJA

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 3/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

08592 Historic Treatment of Wood Windows MJA


08710 Door Hardware Hardware Consultant
08716 Automatic Door Operators for Historic Doors MJA
08800 Glazing MJA
08892 Glazing Repair MJA

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09111 Non-load-bearing Steel Framing MJA
09210 Plaster Cleaning and Repair - ADDED MJA
09215 Gypsum Veneer Plaster MJA
09250 Gypsum Board MJA
09265 Gypsum Board Shaft-wall Assemblies MJA
09280 Ornamental Plaster Replacement MJA
09310 Ceramic Tile MJA
09512 Acoustical Tile Ceilings MJA
09545 Ceiling Fabric Panels – DELETED MJA
09629 Cork Flooring MJA
09641 Bamboo Flooring - DELETED MJA
09651 Resilient Floor Tile MJA
09653 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories MJA
09654 Linoleum Floor Coverings & Desk Tops MJA
09680 Carpet MJA
09851 Sound Absorbing Ceiling Units - DELETED MJA
09911 Exterior Painting MJA
09912 Interior Painting MJA
09931 Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes MJA
09991 Encapsulation Coating System MJA

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10101 Visual Display Surfaces MJA
10155 Toilet Compartments MJA
10185 Unit Shower MJA
10200 Louvers and Vents MJA
10410 Directories TBD by DCPL
10431 Exterior Signage TBD by DCPL
10436 Exterior Post and Panel Signs TBD by DCPL
10449 Interior Signage TBD by DCPL
10505 Metal Lockers MJA
10522 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets MJA
10523 Fire Extinguishers MJA
10671 Metal Storage Shelving MJA

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 4/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

10801 Toilet and Bath Accessories MJA

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11054 Library Stack Systems HWA
11130 Audio-Visual Equipment Poly
11132 Projection Screens Poly
11451 Residential Appliances MJA
11510 Library Equipment (Book Trucks & Book Return Carts) HWA
11511 Library Book and Media Depository MJA

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12355 Institutional Casework MJA
12356 Kitchen Casework MJA
12484 Floor Mats and Frames MJA
12560 Library Furniture and Equipment MJA

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION


13730 Security Access DCPL’s Consultant ADT
13760 Video Surveillance DCPL’s Consultant ADT
13850 Fire Detection and Alarm DELETED AND REPLACED BY 16721 JJC

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS


14240 Hydraulic Elevators MJA

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL
15050 Basic Mechanical Materials JJC
15055 Motors JJC
15075 Mechanical Identification JJC
15100 Valves JJC
15125 Pipe Expansion Joints JJC
15135 Meter and Gages JJC
15145 Hangers and Supports JJC
15181 Hydronic Piping JJC
15241 Mechanical Vibration Controls JJC
15260 Pipe Insulation JJC
15290 Duct Insulation JJC
15326 Standpipe and Wet Pipe Sprinkler Systems JJC
15411 Water Distribution Piping JJC
15420 Drainage and Vent Piping JJC
15430 Plumbing Specialties JJC
15440 Plumbing Fixtures JJC

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 5/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

15452 Plumbing Pumps – ADDED JJC


15460 Water Heaters JJC
15496 Natural Gas Piping JJC
15513 Condensing Boilers JJC
15540 HVAC Pumps JJC
15545 Chemical Water Treatment JJC
15575 Breechings, Chimneys And Stacks JJC
15628 Air Cooled Packaged Chiller with Integral Pump Modules JJC
15763 Fan-Coil Units JJC
15785 Air-To-Air Energy Recovery Untis JJC
15830 Fans JJC
15835 Unit Heaters JJC
15855 Diffusers, Registers And Grilles JJC
15891 Metal Ductwork JJC
15899 Variable Frequency Drive Units JJC
15900 Direct Digital Control Systems JJC
15910 Duct Accessories JJC
15940 HVAC Instrumentation and Controls – Sequences of Operation JJC
15970 HVAC Controls JJC
15990 Testing, Adjusting And Balancing JJC
15995 Mechanical Systems Commissioning Cx

Division 16 – Electrical
16050 Basic Electrical Materials And Methods JJC
16051 Electrical System Protective Device Study JJC
16111 Conduit Systems JJC
16112 Busway JJC
16126 Cables, High Voltage (Above 600 Volts) JJC
16127 Cables, Low Voltage (600 Volts and Below) JJC
16140 Wiring Devices JJC
16150 Motors JJC
16160 Panelboards JJC
16170 Disconnect Switches (Motor and Circuit) JJC
16430 Metering JJC
16450 Grounding JJC
16460 Transformers (General Purpose) JJC
16464 Switchgear, Low Voltage (600 Volts and Below) JJC
16500 Lighting Fixtures Cutsheets and Schedule MCLA
16510 Building Lighting, Interior JJC
16511 Ornamental Lighting Cleaning and Restoration - DELETED MCLA
16520 Site Lighting JJC

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 6/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION SECTION TITLE

16670 Lightning Protection System JJC


16721 Fire Detection and Alarm – ADDED (replacing 13850) JJC
16740 Communications and Data Poly
16995 Electrical Systems Commissioning Cx

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010 - 7/7


Italics indicates sections to be provided by DCPL’s consultants.
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY
WASHINGTON, DC

INDEX OF DRAWINGS
(228)
SHT. # SHEET NAME:
COVER SHEET
A-0.00 ABBREVIATIONS, LEGENDS, SPOT ELEVATIONS
A-0.01 DRAWING LIST
A-0.02 DEMOLITION AND PRESERVATION NOTES
A-0.03 HISTORIC PRESERVATION NOTES AND GLOSSARY
A-0.04 HISTORIC PRESERVATION NOTES

CIVIL DRAWINGS (16)


C1.00 EXISTING CONDITIONS
C1.10 DEMOLITION PLAN

C2.00 SITE IMPROVEMENTS PLAN

C3.00 UTILITY PLAN


C3.10 UTILITY PROFILES
C3.20 UTILITY DETAILS 1
C3.30 UTILITY DETAILS 2
C3.40 UTILITY DETAILS 3
C3.50 UTILITY DETAILS 5

C4.00 GRADING AND STORMWATER PLAN


C4.10 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DETAILS 1
C4.20 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DETAILS 2

C5.00 ESC PLAN PHASE 1


C5.10 ESC PLAN PHASE 2
C5.20 ESC DETAILS
C5.30 ESC NOTES

LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS (14)


L1.01 SITE REFERENCE PLAN
L1.02 SITE PLAN
L1.03 SITE PLAN
L1.04 LAYOUT PLAN
L1.05 LAYOUT PLAN

L2.01 PLANTING PLAN


L2.02 PLANTING PLAN

L3.01 HARDSCAPE DETAILS


L3.02 HARDSCAPE DETAILS - LOWER TERRACE
L3.03 HARDSCAPE DETAILS
L3.04 HARDSCAPE DETAILS
L3.05 HARDSCAPE DETAILS
L3.06 SITE FURNISHING DETAILS
L3.07 PLANTING DETAILS

1 7/10/2009
EGRESS DRAWINGS (2)
AE-0.00 CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS CALCULATIONS AND TABLES
AE-1.00 EGRESS PLANS

ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS (112)


AS-0.00 SITE VICINITY PLAN
AS-0.01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN
AS-0.02 SITE DETAILS
AS-0.03 SITE DETAILS

AD-1.00 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN


AD-1.01 FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
AD-1.02 MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
AD-1.03 SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
AD-1.04 ROOF LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

AD-2.00 DEMOLITION NORTH AND SOUTH ELEVATIONS


AD-2.01 DEMOLITION EAST AND WEST ELEVATIONS

A-1.00 LOWER LEVEL PLAN


A-1.01 FIRST LEVEL PLAN
A-1.02 SECOND LEVEL PLAN
A-1.03 THIRD LEVEL PLAN
A-1.04 ROOF PLAN

A-1.09 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE


A-1.10 LOWER LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A-1.11 FIRST LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A-1.12 SECOND LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A-1.13 THIRD LEVEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

A-1.20 ENLARGED PLAN LOWER LEVEL


A-1.21 ENLARGED PLAN LOWER LEVEL
A-1.22 ENLARGED PLAN FIRST LEVEL
A-1.23 ENLARGED PLAN SECOND LEVEL
A-1.24 ENLARGED THIRD LEVEL PLAN

A-1.40 PLAN DETAILS


A-1.41 PLAN DETAILS
A-142 PLAN DETAILS

A-2.00 NORTH ELEVATION


A-2.01 SOUTH ELEVATION
A-2.02 EAST ELEVATION
A-2.03 WEST ELEVATION

A-3.00 BUILDING SECTION LONGITUDINAL LOOKING NORTH


A-3.01 BUILDING SECTION TRANSVERSE LOOKING WEST
A-3.02 BUILDING SECTION TRANSVERSE LOOKING WEST
A-3.03 BUILDING SECTION LONGITUDINAL LOOKING SOUTH

A-3.10 WALL SECTIONS


A-3.11 WALL SECTIONS
A-3.12 WALL SECTIONS
A-3.13 WALL SECTIONS

2 7/10/2009
A-3.14 WALL SECTIONS
A-3.15 WALL SECTIONS
A-3.16 WALL SECTIONS

A-3.20 WALL SECTION DETAILS


A-3.21 WALL SECTION DETAILS
A-3.22 WALL SECTION DETAILS

A-4.00 ROOF DETAILS


A-4.01 ROOF DETAILS
A-4.03 CUPOLA DETAILS
A-4.04 DORMER ELEVATION & MOULDING DETAILS

A-5.00 PARTITION SCHEDULE

A-5.10 DOOR SCHEDULE, DOOR FRAMES AND TYPES


A-5.11 DOOR HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL DETAILS
A-5.12 DOOR HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL DETAILS

A-5.20 WINDOW SCHEDULE AND DETAILS


A-5.21 WINDOW DETAILS

A-5.30 CASEWORK PLAN LOWER LEVEL


A-5.31 CASEWORK FIRST FLOOR PLAN
A-5.32 CASEWORK SECOND FLOOR PLAN
A-5.33 CASEWORK THIRD FLOOR PLAN
A-5.34 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.35 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.36 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.37 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.38 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.39 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.40 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.41 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.42 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.43 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.44 CASEWORK ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
A-5.45 CASEWORK AND SHELVING SCHEDULE
A-5.46 METAL SHELVING ELEVATIONS
A-5.47 METAL SHELVING ELEVATIONS

A-5.50 MATERIAL SCHEDULE


A-5.51 FINISH AND PAINT SCHEDULES
A-5.52 FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES

A-5.60 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - LOWER LEVEL


A-5.61 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - FIRST LEVEL
A-5.62 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - SECOND LEVEL
A-5.63 FINISH FLOOR PLAN - THIRD LEVEL

A-5.70 LOWER LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN


A-5.71 FIRST LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN
A-5.72 SECOND LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN
A-5.73 THIRD LEVEL FURNITURE PLAN
A-5.74 FURNITURE

3 7/10/2009
A-5.75 FURNITURE

A-6.00 LOWER LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS


A-6.01 LOWER LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.02 LOWER LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.03 FIRST LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.04 FIRST LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.05 FIRST LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.06 SECOND LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.07 SECOND LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.08 THIRD LEVEL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A-6.10 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY SCHEDULE AND TYPICAL DETAILS


A-6.11 TOILET ROOMS, ENLARGED PLANS, AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-6.12 TILE DETAILS

A-7.00 ARCH ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS


A-7.01 COLUMN DETAILS
A-7.02 WAINSCOT AND PANELING ELEVATIONS AND PROFILES
A-7.03 CABINET DETAILS
A-7.04 MOULDINGS
A-7.05 CORNICE DETAILS

A-8.00 STAIR S1 SECTION AND PLANS


A-8.01 STAIR S2 SECTION AND PLANS
A-8.02 STAIR S3 SECTION AND PLANS, STAIR DETAILS
A-8.03 STAIR DETAILS
A-8.04 RAMP DETAIL

A-9.00 ELEVATOR SECTION AND PLANS


A-9.01 ELEVATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION AND DETAILS

STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS (21)


S1.0 GENERAL NOTES

S2.0D LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN


S2.1D FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
S2.1MD MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
S2.2D SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

S2.0 LOWER LEVEL FRAMING PLAN


S2.1 FIRST LEVEL FRAMING PLAN
S2.2 SECOND LEVEL FRAMING PLAN
S2.3 THIRD LEVEL FRAMING PLAN
S2.4 ROOF FRAMING PLAN

S3.1 TYPICAL DETAILS


S3.2 TYPICAL DETAILS
S3.3 TYPICAL DETAILS
S3.4 TYPICAL DETAILS
S3.5 TYPICAL DETAILS

S4.1 SECTIONS AND DETAILS


S4.2 SECTIONS AND DETAILS

4 7/10/2009
S4.3 SECTIONS AND DETAILS
S4.4 SECTIONS AND DETAILS
S4.5 SECTIONS AND DETAILS
S4.6 SECTIONS AND DETAILS
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS (23)
M-0.01 SYMBOL LIST AND ABBREVIATIONS, GENERAL NOTES

DM-1.01 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN


DM-1.02 FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
DM-1.03 MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
DM-1.04 SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

M-1.01 LOWER LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN


M-1.02 FIRST LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN
M-1.03 SECOND LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN
M-1.04 THIRD LEVEL AND ATTIC MECHANICAL PLAN
M-1.05 ROOF MECHANICAL PLAN

M-2.01 SCHEDULES MECHANICAL


M-2.02 SCHEDULES MECHANICAL
M-2.03 SCHEDULES MECHANICAL
M-2.04 CONTORL DIAGRAM MECHANICAL
M-2.05 CONTORL DIAGRAM MECHANICAL

M-3.01 DETAILS MECHANICAL


M-3.02 DETAILS MECHANICAL

M-4.01 PLAN AND SECTION MECHANICAL

MP-1.01 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL


MP-1.02 FIRST LEVEL PLAN MECHANICAL
MP-1.03 SECOND LEVEL PLAN MECHANICAL
MP-1.04 THIRD LEVEL & ATTIC PLAN MECHANICAL
MP-1.05 RISER DIAGRAM

ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (17)


E00 GENERAL NOTES, FIRE ALARM NOTES, SYMBOLS LIST, ABBREVIATIONS & LIGHTING
E01 SITE EXTERIOR LIGHTING
E1 LOWER LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING
E2 FIRST LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING
E3 SECOND LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING
E4 THIRD LEVEL PLAN LIGHTING
E5 LOWER LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM
E6 FIRST LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM
E7 SECOND LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM
E8 THIRD LEVEL PLAN POWER & FIRE ALARM
E9 POWER & FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAMS
E10 PANEL SCHEDULES
E11 LIGHTNING PROTECTION

ED1.00 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN


ED1.01 FIRST LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN
ED1.02 MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN
ED1.03 SECOND LEVEL DEMOLTION PLAN

5 7/10/2009
PLUMBING DRAWINGS (17)
P-0.01 SYMBOL AND ABBREVIATIONS, NOTES AND SCHE.

PD1.01 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN


PD1.02 FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
PD1.03 MEZZANINE LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN
PD1.04 SECOND LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN

P-1.01 LOWER LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING


P-1.02 FIRST LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING
P-1.03 SECOND LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING
P-1.04 THIRD LEVEL PLAN PLUMBING
P-1.05 ROOF PLAN PLUMBING

P-2.01 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS - PLUMBING

P-3.01 SANITARY / STORM RISER DIAGRAMS


P-3.02 WATER / FIRE RISER DIAGRAMS
P-3.03 GAS RISER DIAGRAMS

P-4.01 DETAILS

TA DRAWINGS (20)

TA001 A/V PLATE/BOX SCHEDULE, NOTES ABBREVIATIONS, ABD DETAILS

TA100 A/V LOWER LEVEL PLAN


TA101 A/V FIRST LEVEL PLAN
TA102 A/V SECOND LEVEL PLAN
TA103 A/V THIRD LEVEL PLAN
TA104 A/V LOWER LEVEL RCP
TA105 A/V FIRST LEVEL RCP
TA106 A/V SECOND LEVEL RCP
TA107 A/V THIRD LEVEL RCP
TA201 A/V ELEVATION

TA501 A/V DETAILS

TA601 A/V LINE DIAGRAMS

TA701 A/V PLATES AND PANELS


TA801 A/V RACK DETAILS

TN DRAWINGS (16)
TN001 TELECOM PLATE/BOX SCHEDULE, NOTES, ABBREVIATION, AND DETAILS

TN100 TELECOM LOWER LEVEL PLAN


TN101 TELECOM FIRST LEVEL PLAN
TN102 TELECOM SECOND LEVEL PLAN
TN103 TELECOM THIRD LEVEL PLAN

TY DRAWINGS (10)
TY001 SECURITY PLATE/BOX SCHEDULE, NOTES, ABBREVIATION, AND DETAILS

6 7/10/2009
TY100 SECURITY LOWER LEVEL PLAN
TY101 SECURITY FIRST LEVEL PLAN
TY102 SECURITY SECOND LEVEL PLAN
TY103 SECURITY THIRD LEVEL PLAN
TY104 SECURITY LOWER LEVEL RCP
TY105 SECURITY FIRST LEVEL RCP
TY106 SECURITY SECOND LEVEL RCP
TY107 SECURITY THIRD LEVEL RCP
TY 501 A/V DETAILS

7 7/10/2009
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Work covered by the Contract Documents.


2. Work phases.
3. Work under other contracts.
4. Use of premises.
5. Owner's occupancy requirements.
6. Specification formats and conventions.

B. See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for division of responsibilities


for the Work.

1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification: <Insert Project identifier such as Project name and


number.>

1. Project Location: <Insert Project location (street address, city, and state).>

B. Owner: <Insert name and address of Owner.>

1. Owner's Representative: <Insert name and address of Owner's


representative.>

C. Architect: <Insert name and address of Architect.>

D. The Work consists of the following:

1. The Work includes <Insert a brief listing of major products and systems
included in Project>.
2. Project is designed to comply with a Certification Level according to the U.S.
Green Building Council's Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED)
Rating System, as specified in Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements."

E. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.3 WORK PHASES

A. The Work shall be conducted in <Insert number> phases in the following order, with
each phase substantially complete before beginning the next phase:

SUMMARY 01100 - 1/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Phase <Insert designation>: <Briefly describe work of this phase> Work of


this phase shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy within
<Insert number of days> after [the Notice to Proceed] [commencement of
construction of this phase].
2. Phase <Insert designation>: The remaining Work shall be substantially
complete and ready for occupancy at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Before commencing Work of each phase, submit a schedule showing the sequence,
commencement and completion dates, and move-out and -in dates of Owner's
personnel for all phases of the Work.

1.4 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS

A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be
carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.
Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.

B. Preceding Work: Owner [has awarded] [will award] separate contract(s) for the
following construction operations at Project site. Those operations are scheduled to be
substantially complete before work under this Contract begins.

1. <Insert name of the Contract>: A separate contract [has been] [will be]
awarded to <Insert name of separate Contractor> [to] [for] <Insert a brief
description of work performed under separate contract>.

C. Concurrent Work: Owner [has awarded] [will award] separate contract(s) for the
following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted
simultaneously with work under this Contract.

1. <Insert name of the Contract>: A separate contract [has been] [will be]
awarded to <Insert name of separate Contractor> [to] [for] <Insert a brief
description of work performed under separate contract>.

D. Future Work: Owner [has awarded] [will award] separate contract(s) for the following
additional work to be performed at site after Substantial Completion. Completion of
that work will depend on successful completion of preparatory work under this
Contract.

1. <Insert name of the Contract>: A separate contract [has been] [will be]
awarded to <Insert name of separate Contractor> [to] [for] <Insert a brief
description of work performed under separate contract>.

1.5 USE OF PREMISES

A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations,
including use of Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises
is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on
portions of Project.

SUMMARY 01100 - 2/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

B. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as
indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits.

C. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to [work in areas] [areas within the Contract
limits] indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the
Work is indicated.

1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to <Insert description of areas where


work is permitted>.

a. Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to 40


feet beyond building perimeter; 10 feet beyond surface walkways, patios,
surface parking, and utilities less than 12 inches in diameter; 15 feet
beyond primary roadway curbs and main utility branch trenches; and 25
feet beyond constructed areas with permeable surfaces (such as pervious
paving areas, stormwater detention facilities, and playing fields) that
require additional staging areas in order to limit compaction in the
constructed area.

2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of Project site[ and use by the
public].
3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways[ parking garage,] [ loading areas,]
and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's
employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for
parking or storage of materials.

a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.


b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on-site.

D. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition


throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
Protect building and its occupants during construction period.

1.6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and [existing] [adjacent] building
during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction
operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as
not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits, unless
otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or


used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or
used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.

B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction
period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the

SUMMARY 01100 - 3/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless
otherwise indicated.

1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or


used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or
used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.

C. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to


occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before
Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of
the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute
acceptance of the total Work.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific


portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before
Owner occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed.
On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical
systems serving occupied portions of building.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial
service for occupied portions of building.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of
entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes.

1.8 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections
using the 16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.

1. Division 1: Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all


Sections in the Specifications.

B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract


Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as
appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense
requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be
interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract
Documents indicates.

SUMMARY 01100 - 4/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the


Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be
performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may
be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be
fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.

a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the
context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01100END OF SECTION 01100

SUMMARY 01100 - 5/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01125 - SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes a summary of each contract, including responsibilities for coordination


and temporary facilities and controls.

B. Specific requirements for work of each contract are also indicated in individual
Specification Sections and on Drawings.

C. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for the Work covered by the Contract Documents,
restrictions on use of the project site and work restrictions.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, the condition at which roofing is


insulated and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures
equivalent in weather protection to permanent construction.

1.3 PROJECT COORDINATOR

A. Project Manager shall be responsible for coordination between the General


Construction Contract and <Insert name of other contract>.

B. [Mechanical/electrical] <Insert name> coordinator, who shall be under the direction


of the Project coordinator, shall be responsible for coordination between the [Plumbing
Contract] [HVAC Contract] [Electrical Contract] [and] <Insert name of other
contract>.

1. [HVAC Contractor] [Electrical Contractor] [Plumbing Contractor] <Insert


other entity> shall act as mechanical/electrical coordinator.
[Mechanical/electrical coordinator shall be licensed to practice as a
professional engineer in location of Project.]

1.4 COORDINATION ACTIVITIES

A. Coordination activities of Project Manager include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Provide overall coordination of the Work.


2. Coordinate shared access to workspaces.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 1/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

3. Coordinate product selections for compatibility.


4. Provide overall coordination of temporary facilities and controls.
5. Coordinate, schedule, and approve interruptions of permanent and temporary
utilities, including those necessary to make connections for temporary services.
6. Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by each
Contract and separate contracts.
7. Prepare coordination drawings in collaboration with each contractor to coordinate
work by more than one contract.
8. Coordinate sequencing and scheduling of the Work including a combined
Contractors' construction schedule for entire Project.
9. Provide quality-assurance and quality-control services specified in Division 1
Section "Quality Requirements."
10. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and inspections, and
coordinate schedule of tests and inspections.
11. Provide information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility
structures affected by construction.
12. Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference
points, and establish permanent benchmarks on Project site.
13. Provide field surveys of in-progress construction and site work[ and final
property survey].
14. Coordinate cutting and patching.
15. Coordinate protection of the Work.
16. Coordinate firestopping.
17. Coordinate completion of interrelated punch list items.
18. Coordinate preparation of Project record documents if information from more
than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to
form one combined record.
19. Print and submit record documents if installations by more than one contractor
are indicated on the same contract drawing or shop drawing.
20. Collect record Specification Sections from contractors, collate Sections into
numeric order, and submit complete set.
21. Coordinate preparation of operation and maintenance manuals if information
from more than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other
contractors to form one combined record.

B. Responsibilities of Project Manager for temporary facilities and controls include, but are
not limited to, the following:

1. Provide common-use field office for use by all personnel engaged in construction
activities.
2. Provide telephone service for common-use facilities.

1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTS

A. Extent of Contract: Unless the Agreement contains a more specific description of the
work, requirements indicated on Drawings and in Specification Sections determine
which contract includes a specific element of Project.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 2/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Unless otherwise indicated, the work described in this Section for each contract
shall be complete systems and assemblies, including products, components,
accessories, and installation required by the Contract Documents.
2. Trenches and other excavation for the work of each contract shall be the work of
[the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].
3. Blocking, backing panels, sleeves, and metal fabrication supports for the work of
each contract shall be the work of [the General Construction Contract] [each
contract for its own work].
4. Furnishing of access panels for the work of each contract shall be the work of
each contract for its own work. Installation of access panels shall be the work of
[the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].
5. Equipment pads for the work of each contract shall be the work of [the General
Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].
6. Painting for the work of each contract shall be the work of [the General
Construction Contract].
7. Cutting and Patching: [Each contract shall perform its own cutting; patching
shall be under the General Construction Contract].
8. Through-penetration firestopping for the work of each contract shall be provided
by [the General Construction Contract] [each contract for its own work].
9. Contractors' Preliminary Construction Schedule: Within [ten] 10 working days
after preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction schedule submittal has
been received from Project Manager, submit a matching preliminary horizontal
bar-chart schedule showing construction operations sequenced and coordinated
with overall construction.

B. Substitutions: Each contractor shall cooperate with other contractors involved to


coordinate approved substitutions with remainder of the work.

1. Project Manager shall coordinate substitutions.

C. Temporary Facilities and Controls: In addition to specific responsibilities for temporary


facilities and controls indicated in this Section and in Division 1 Section "Temporary
Facilities and Controls," each contractor is responsible for the following:

1. Installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of each temporary facility


necessary for its own normal construction activity, and costs and use charges
associated with each facility, except as otherwise provided for in this Section.
2. Plug-in electric power cords and extension cords, supplementary plug-in task
lighting, and special lighting necessary exclusively for its own activities.
3. Its own field office, complete with necessary furniture, utilities, and telephone
service.
4. Its own storage and fabrication sheds.
5. Temporary enclosures for its own construction activities.
6. Staging and scaffolding for its own construction activities.
7. General hoisting facilities for its own construction activities, up to 2 tons.
8. Waste disposal facilities, including collection and legal disposal of its own
hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary, or other harmful waste materials.
9. Progress cleaning of work areas affected by its operations on a daily basis.
10. Secure lockup of its own tools, materials, and equipment.
11. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities necessary exclusively
for its own construction activities.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 3/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

D. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation: The General Construction Contract is


responsible for temporary heating, cooling, and ventilation, including utility-use
charges, temporary meters, and temporary connections.

E. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation: The General Construction Contract is


responsible for temporary heating, cooling, and ventilation after permanent enclosure
of building is complete and Owner will pay utility-use charges.

F. Use Charges: Comply with the following:

1. Sewer Service: Include the cost for sewer service use by all parties engaged in
construction activities at Project site in the General Construction Contract.
2. Water Service: Include the cost for water service, whether metered or otherwise,
for water used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site in
the General Construction Contract.
3. Electric Power Service: Include the cost for electric power service, whether
metered or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction
activities at Project site in the General Construction Contract.

1.6 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

A. Work in the General Construction Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Remaining work not identified as work under other contracts.


2. <Insert descriptions of the Work>.

B. Temporary facilities and controls in the General Construction Contract include, but are
not limited to, the following:

1. Temporary facilities and controls that are not otherwise specifically assigned to
the <Insert name of other contracts>.
2. <Insert temporary facilities and controls>.

1.7 <INSERT NAME OF CONTRACT>

A. Work in the <Insert name> Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. <Insert descriptions of the Work>.

B. Temporary facilities and controls in the <Insert name> Contract include, but are not
limited to, the following:

1. <Insert requirements for temporary facilities and controls>.

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 4/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01125

SUMMARY OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS 01125 - 5/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.

B. Types of allowances include the following:

1. Lump-sum allowances.
2. Unit-cost allowances.
3. Quantity allowances.
4. Contingency allowances.
5. Testing and inspecting allowances.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices.
2. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of
allowances for testing and inspecting.

1.2 SELECTION AND PURCHASE

A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date
when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an
allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.

B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final
selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.

C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the


form specified for Change Orders.

B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the
site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.

C. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for
installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance.

D. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other
portions of the Work.

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as
required to coordinate installation.

1.5 [LUMP-SUM] [UNIT-COST] [AND] [QUANTITY] ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered
by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include [taxes,]freight,
and delivery to Project site.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project
site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and
materials [ordered by Owner] [selected by Architect] under allowance shall be
included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.

C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to


manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and
accepted.

1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by


Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed.

1.6 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES

A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and
only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.

B. Contractor's[ overhead, profit, and] related costs for products and equipment ordered
by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not
part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation[, taxes], insurance,
equipment rental, and similar costs.

C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins.

D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to


Owner by Change Order.

1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES

A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies,
actual tests and inspections, and reporting results.

B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or
costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for
incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum.

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the
allowance.

D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting
allowance to Owner by Change Order.

1.8 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order


proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance,
multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable,
include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal
product imperfections, and similar margins.

1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution
of overhead costs and other margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change
Orders related to unit-cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by
independent quantity survey, measure, or count.

B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the
allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order
amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit.

1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change


Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has
changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract
Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or
lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally
indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or


defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials
and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and
interfaced with related work.

3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance No. <Insert number>: [Lump-Sum] [Unit-Cost] [Quantity] [Contingency]


[Testing and Inspecting] Allowance: Include the sum of <Insert dollar or quantity
amount of allowance>: Include <Insert allowance description> as specified in
Division <Insert Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>"[ and as shown on
Drawings].

1. This allowance includes [material cost] [receiving, handling, and installation]


[and] [Contractor overhead and profit].
2. Coordinate quantity allowance adjustment with corresponding unit price
requirements of Division 1 Section "Unit Prices."

END OF SECTION 01210

ALLOWANCES 01210 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and


processing Contract modifications.

1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect will issue[ through Construction Manager] supplemental instructions


authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum
or the Contract Time, on [AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental
Instructions."] [form included in the Project Manual.]

1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: [Architect] [Construction Manager] will issue a


detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to
the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include
supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal Requests issued by [Architect] [Construction Manager] are not


instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within [time specified in Proposal Request] [or] [20 days, when not
otherwise specified,] <Insert number of days> after receipt of Proposal
Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum
and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,


with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested,
furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity
duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total
float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
e. Indicate LEED credits that may be affected by the change.
f. Quotation Form: Use [CSI Form 13.6B "Proposal Worksheet Summary"
and 13.6C "Proposal Worksheet Detail"] [forms provided by Owner.
Sample copies are included in the Project Manual] [forms acceptable
to Architect].

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 1/3


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to


the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to
[Architect] [Construction Manager].

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change
on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate
the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.Indicate LEED credits that may be affected by
the change.
6. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the
proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or
system specified.
7. Proposal Request Form: Use [CSI Form 13.6A "Change Order Request
(Proposal)" with attachments CSI Form 13.6B "Proposal Worksheet
Summary" and 13.6C "Proposal Worksheet Detail"] [form provided by
Owner. Sample copy is included in Project Manual] [form acceptable to
Architect].

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS

A. Allowance Adjustment: Refer to Division 1 Section "Allowances" for administrative


procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum
to reflect actual costs of allowances.

B. Unit Price Adjustment: Refer to Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative
procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum
to reflect measured scope of unit price work.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, [Architect] [Construction Manager] will


issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on
[AIA Document G701] [form included in Project Manual].

1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. [Construction] [Work] Change Directive: [Architect] [Construction Manager] may issue


a [Construction] [Work] Change Directive on [AIA Document G714]
[EJCDC Document C-940] [form included in Project Manual]. [Construction] [Work]

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 2/3


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for
subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. [Construction] [Work] Change Directive contains a complete description of


change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine
change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work


required by the [Construction] [Work] Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data


necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01250

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 3/3


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for


submitting and handling Change Orders.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is[ an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the
duration of the Work as] a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or
services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by
appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required
by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.3 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
[applicable taxes, ]overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that
requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit
prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that


involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's
expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification


Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described
under each unit price.

UNIT PRICES 01270 - 1/2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Unit Price No. <Insert unit-price number> - <Insert unit-price item>:

1. Description: <Insert unit-price item description> according to Division <Insert


Division number> Section "<Insert Section title>."
2. Unit of Measurement: <Insert unit of measurement>.
3. Quantity Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment
requirements of Division 1 Section " Allowances."

END OF SECTION 01270

UNIT PRICES 01270 - 2/2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to


prepare and process Applications for Payment.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of


Contractor's construction schedule.[ Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule
may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values.]
1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative
forms and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets.


b. Submittal schedule.
c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's
construction schedule.
2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect[ through Construction Manager] at
earliest possible date but no later than [seven] <Insert number> days before the
date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases
requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values
correlated with each phase of payment.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish
line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each
Specification Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of
values:

a. Project name and location.


b. Name of Architect.
c. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703 .
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the
Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal
subcontract amounts in excess of [five] <Insert percentage> percent of Contract
Sum.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for
LEED documentation and other project closeout requirements in an
amount totaling [five] <Insert percentage> percent of the Contract Sum
and subcontract amount.
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work
where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased
or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
6. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials,
for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part
of the Work.
7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each
allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit
cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract
Documents to determine quantities.
8. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be
complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and
profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of
actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the
schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at
Contractor's option.
9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change
Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.
10. LEED submittals: Update progress on LEED submittals including LEED plans
and online templates.

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by Architect[ and Construction Manager] and paid for by
Owner.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered
by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the


<Insert day> of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is
one month, ending on the [last day of the month] <Insert specific day of the
month>.

D. Application for Payment Forms: Use [AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703]
[AIA Document G702/CMa and AIA Document G703] [EJCDC Document C-620]
<Insert name and designation of other standard form> as form for Applications for
Payment.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

E. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for
Payment. Sample copies are included in the Project Manual.

F. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a


person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. [Architect]
[Construction Manager] will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction
schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
before last day of construction period covered by application.

G. Transmittal: Submit [three] <Insert number> signed and notarized original copies of
each Application for Payment to [Architect] [Construction Manager] by a method
ensuring receipt[ within 24 hours]. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar
attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.

H. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous
application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full
waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.
4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner
acceptable to Owner.

I. LEED Submittals: With each Application for Payment, provide LEED submittals
progress update.

J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of values.
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Schedule of unit prices.
5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).
6. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
7. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
8. Copies of building permits.
9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
10. Initial progress report.
11. Report of preconstruction conference.
12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of


Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent
completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete
and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

L. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and
supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not
limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Evidence of completion of LEED submittals including online templates.
3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and
proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
5. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and
Claims."
6. AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
7. AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
8. Evidence that claims have been settled.
9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar
data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and
assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
10. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01290

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on


Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Coordination drawings.
2. Requests for Information (RFIs).
3. Project meetings.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of the


division of work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination
activities not in this Section.
2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating
general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of
benchmarks and control points.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, or Contractor seeking


information from each other during construction.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the


Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results


where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance
and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special


procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports,
and list of attendees at meetings.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 1/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of


their Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required


administrative procedures with other construction activitiesand activities of other
contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such
administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.


2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities.

1.4 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or


interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI
in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by


Contractor with no response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in
Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information
or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the
Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product
Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to
fully describe items needing interpretation.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 2/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated
above, acceptable to Architect.

D. Architect's and Construction Manager's Action: Architect and Construction Manager


will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working
days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect or Construction
Manager after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals.


b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional
information.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal
according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract


Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in
writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. On receipt of Architect's and Construction Manager's action, update the RFI log and
immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and
notify Architect and Construction Manager within seven days if Contractor disagrees
with response.

F. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI
number. Submit log monthly. Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's and Construction Manager's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change
Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal
Request, as appropriate.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences
at Project site, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose


presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and
Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited
attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant
discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to
everyone concerned, including Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect,
within five days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a


preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner
and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning


Authority, Construction Manager, and Architect, Contractor and its
superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties
shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with
Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:

a. Tentative construction schedule.


b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
c. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
e. Procedures for RFIs.
f. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
h. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
i. Submittal procedures.
j. Sustainable design requirements.
k. Preparation of record documents.
l. Use of the premises and existing building.
m. Work restrictions.
n. Working hours.
o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
p. Procedures Indoor Air Quality Management Procedures including moisture
and mold control.
q. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
r. Construction waste management and recycling.
s. Parking availability.
t. Office, work, and storage areas.
u. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
v. First aid.
w. Security.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 4/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

x. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute
meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site


before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators


involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with
other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the
meeting. Advise Architect, Construction Manager , and Owner's Commissioning
Authority, of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for
the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the
following:

a. Contract Documents.
b. Indoor Air Quality Management Plan and other required LEED plans.
c. LEED requirements.
d. Options.
e. Related RFIs.
f. Related Change Orders.
g. Purchases, including LEED-compliant materials.
h. Deliveries.
i. Submittals.
j. Review of mockups.
k. Possible conflicts.
l. Compatibility problems.
m. Time schedules.
n. Weather limitations.
o. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
p. Warranty requirements.
q. Compatibility of materials.
r. Acceptability of substrates.
s. Temporary facilities and controls.
t. Space and access limitations.
u. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
v. Testing and inspecting requirements.
w. Installation procedures.
x. Coordination with other work.
y. Required performance results.
z. Protection of adjacent work.
aa. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements,


including required corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other
parties requiring information.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 5/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully


concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to
performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Progress Meetings: Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at weekly


intervals.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning


Authority , Construction Manager, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at
these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last


meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or
behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule.
Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will
be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:

1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Progress cleaning.
10) Quality and work standards.
11) Status of correction of deficient items.
12) Field observations.
13) Status of RFIs.
14) Status of proposal requests.
15) Pending changes.
16) Status of Change Orders.
17) Pending claims and disputes.
18) Documentation of information for payment requests, including LEED
documentation progress.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 6/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute
the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each


progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01310

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 7/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the


progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's construction schedule.


2. Daily construction reports.
3. Field condition reports.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined


Contractor's Construction Schedule.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,
monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a
construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a


construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships.
Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path
of the Project.

C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the
network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains
no float.

D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time [belongs to Owner] [is not for the exclusive use or benefit of
either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project
resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones
and Contract completion date].

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 1/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:


1. [Six] <Insert number> paper copies.

B. Start-up Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire
construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire


schedule for entire construction period.

1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and


labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule
(initial or updated) and date on label.

D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports.
Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description,
original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date,
late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start
date, or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted
in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start
date if known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from
[commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] until most recent
Application for Payment.

E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at [weekly] [monthly] intervals.

F. Field Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

G. LEED Construction Progress Reports: Summary of progress in achieving Waste


Management goals, Materials & Resource credits, Indoor Environmental Quality credits
and other LEED submittals.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of


construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

B. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values,[list of


subcontracts,] submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
entities involved.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 2/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for [commencement of the Work]
[the Notice of Award] [the Notice to Proceed] to date of [Substantial Completion] [final
completion].

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that


shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each
principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than [20] <Insert


number> days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following
long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as
separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not
limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

a. <Insert list of major items or pieces of equipment>.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in


Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal
review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than [15] <Insert number> days for
startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's[ and Construction
Manager's] administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial
Completion.
6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than [30] <Insert number>
days for punch list and final completion.

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract


Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is
affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.


2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each
contract.
3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work
performed by Owner.
4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

a. Coordination with existing construction.


b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.

5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of
the Work.
6. Other Constraints: <Insert additional constraints not indicated elsewhere>.

D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,


including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final
completion[.][, and the following interim milestones:]

1. <Insert additional milestones not indicated elsewhere>.

E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to


occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the
following issues:

1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered RFIs.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.

F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is [14] <Insert
number> or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a
separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain
compliance with the schedule.

G. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program


that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

1. Utilize [Microsoft Project] [Primavera] [Prolog] [scheduling component of


project Web site software specified in Division 1 Section " Project
Management and Coordination"] <Insert name of specific software>, for
[Windows XP] [Windows Vista] [Macintosh OS X] operating system.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-


chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within [30] <Insert number> days of
date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the
Notice of Award].

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first


workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete,


indicate an estimated completion percentage in [10] <Insert number> percent
increments within time bar.

2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)

A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. Start-up Network Diagram: Submit diagram within [14] <Insert number> days of date
established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of
Award]. Outline significant construction activities for the first [90] <Insert number>
days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a
cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a[ cost- and


resource-loaded,] time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be


accepted for use no later than [60] <Insert number> days after date established
for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of
Award].

a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract
shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable
completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.

2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for
reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment
request dates.
3. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate
nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to
correlate with Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the
Work. Using the start-up network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify
probable critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and


relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time
frames for the following activities:

a. Preparation and processing of submittals.


b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities.
i. Testing and commissioning.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

j. Punch list and final completion.


k. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with
Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-
scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as
often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the
Contract Time.
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network;
locate paths with most float near the edges.

a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off


the critical path.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with
its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to
demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list
indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated
reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.


2. Description of activity.
3. Principal events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6. Early and late finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size of workforce.
10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated


reports showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed.


2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.

2.4 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 6/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.


2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence
of rain or snow.
7. Accidents.
8. Meetings and significant decisions.
9. Unusual events.
10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
11. Meter readings and similar recordings.
12. Emergency procedures.
13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14. Change Orders received and implemented.
15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
16. Services connected and disconnected.
17. Equipment or system tests and startups.
18. Partial completions and occupancies.
19. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field


conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit
with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing
conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At [monthly] <Insert time> intervals,


update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule
[one week] <Insert time> before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the
report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including,
but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and
activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Construction


Manager, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other
parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.


2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and
post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 7/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in
performance of construction activities.

END OF SECTION 01320

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 8/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01322 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic


documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points
marked for location and direction of each [photograph] [video recording]. Indicate
elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding
photographic documentation.

B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within [three] <Insert number> days of taking
photographs.

1. Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of [8] megapixels.


2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in
file metadata tag:

a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Date photograph was taken.
d. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass
point), and elevation or story of construction.

C. Construction Photographs: Submit [two] <Insert number> prints of each photographic


view within [seven] <Insert number> days of taking photographs.

1. Format: 8-by-10-inch smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial-


grade photographic paper, [mounted on linen or card stock to allow a 1-inch-
wide margin and] [enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are]
punched for standard three-ring binder.
2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped
impression with the following information:

a. Name of Project.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

b. Name and contact information for photographer.


c. Name of Architect[ and Construction Manager].
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass
point), and elevation or story of construction.
g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a


professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services


requested, including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities, including
temporary lighting required to produce clear, well-lit photographs.

1.5 USAGE RIGHTS

A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited
reproduction of photographic documentation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, with minimum size of [8] <Insert
sensor size> megapixels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs.

B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in
focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not
be accepted.

1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each
photographic location.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital
camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing
software.

1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image.
2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at
Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same
manner as those submitted to Architect[ and Construction Manager].

D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before [commencement of excavation]


[commencement of demolition] [starting construction], take photographs of Project
site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction,
from different vantage points, as directed by [Architect] [Construction Manager].

1. Flag [excavation areas] [construction limits] before taking construction


photographs.
2. Take [20] <Insert number> photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to
property before starting the Work.
3. Take [20] <Insert number> photographs of existing buildings either on or
adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of
construction.

E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take [20] <Insert number> photographs


[monthly, coinciding] [weekly, with timing each month adjusted to coincide]
<Insert time interval> with the cutoff date associated with each Application for
Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last
photographs were taken.

F. Indoor Air Quality Management Photographs: Take a set of eight photos minimum at
three different times during construction that document the Indoor Air Quality
Management goals and Materials & Resource and Indoor Environmental Quality
Credits.

G. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take [20] <Insert number> color


photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record
Documents. [Architect] [Construction Manager] will inform photographer of desired
vantage points.

H. Additional Photographs: Architect[ or Construction Manager] may request


photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will
be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum[ or in the
allowance for construction photographs].

1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.


2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.
3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not
limited to, the following:

a. Special events planned at Project site.


b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or
losses.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site.


These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances.
d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work.
e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance.
f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.

END OF SECTION 01322

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01322 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and
procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and
other submittals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting


schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for submitting LEED plans, online
templates and other LEED items.
3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings,
record Specifications, and record Product Data.
4. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation
and maintenance manuals.
5. Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings
of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that
do not require Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals
may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order


by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional
time required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the
Architect and Construction Manager and additional time for handling and reviewing
submittals required by those corrections.

1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract
Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance


of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other


submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the
Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals
concurrently for coordination.

a. Architect and Construction Manager reserve the right to withhold action on


a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related
submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on [Architect's] [Construction Manager's]
receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing,
including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. [Architect]
[Construction Manager] will advise Contractor when a submittal being
processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same
manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each paper
copy submittal item for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to
record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by
Architect and Construction Manager.
3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.
f. Name of subcontractor.
g. Name of supplier.
h. Name of manufacturer.
i. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by


a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01).
Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal
point (e.g., 06100.01.A).

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.


k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
m. Other necessary identification.

E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect.

F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

G. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and
unless Architect or Construction Manager observes noncompliance with provisions in
the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.

1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified


number of copies to Architect and Construction Manager.

H. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect and Construction
Manager will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor.

1. Transmittal Form: Use [AIA Document G810] [CSI Form 12.1A] [facsimile of
sample form included in Project Manual].
2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record
relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by
Architect and Construction Manager on previous submittals, and deviations from
requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and
limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial


submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.


2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent
of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from
Architect'sand Construction Manager's action stamp.

J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors,


suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval notation
from Architect'sand Construction Manager's action stamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements:

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Action Submittals: Submit six paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return three copies.
2. Informational Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal, unless
otherwise indicated. Architect and Construction Manager will not return copies.
3. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with
requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."
4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes
signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and
certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign
documents on behalf of that entity.
a. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and
certifications where indicated.

5. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in


Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of
construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard


published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product
Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.


b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.


b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on
accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.


6. Submit Product Data in the following format:
a. Six paper copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect, through Construction Manager, will return Three copies.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do


not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard
printed data.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include


the following information, as applicable:

a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42
inches.
3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:
a. Six opaque copies of each submittal. Architect and Construction Manager
will retain three copies; remainder will be returned.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics
between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories


together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:

a. Generic description of Sample.


b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.

3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for


quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity.
Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction
associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition
at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as
Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of


units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns
available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit six full set(s) of available choices where color,
pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Construction Manager, will
return submittal with options selected.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated,


prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in
manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for
use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples
include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or
fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of
repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color
range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect and


Construction Manager will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project record
sample.

1) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent


in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three
sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written


summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Submit product schedule in the following format:


a. Six paper copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect, through Construction Manager, will return three copies.

F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1


Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

G. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed


for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment
fabricated to a special design.

1. Submit subcontract list in the following format:


a. Number of Copies: Six paper copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return three
copies.

H. LEED Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "LEED


Requirements."

1. Submit LEED submittals in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file.


b. Three paper copies of LEED submittals, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section


"Project Management and Coordination."

J. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and


experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information
specified.

K. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and


personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of
Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American
Welding Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

L. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying


that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where
required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

M. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead


certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

N. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying


that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

O. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying


that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

P. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for
compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing
agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

R. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization


acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in
effect for Project.

S. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1


Section "Quality Requirements."

T. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on


testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed
before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the
Contract Documents.

U. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on


testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests
performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers
and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

V. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests
performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final
location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

W. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section


"Operation and Maintenance Data."

X. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not
limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and
calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and
a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of
software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications


by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract
Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and
design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,


submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data,


and other required submittals, submit six paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed
by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically
assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria
in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in
performing these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination
with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to
Architect and Construction Manager.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in


Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include
Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number,
name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal
has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract
Documents.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 8/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

3.2 ARCHITECT'S AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S ACTION

A. General: Architect and Construction Manager will not review submittals that do not
bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal,
make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it.
Architect and Construction Manager will stamp each submittal with an action stamp
and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows:

1. “NO EXCEPTION TAKEN”: Proceed with fabrication, purchase, or both of items


include in submittal.
2. “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”: Proceed with fabrication, purchase, or both of
items include in submittal subject to revisions included in Architect’s review
comments.
3. “REVISE & RESUBMIT”: A portion of the submittal is unacceptable. Correct and
resubmit the part of submittal in question. Do NOT proceed until submittal is
approved.
4. “REJECTED”: Do NOT order materials and Do NOT use in construction.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each


submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements.
Architect and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will
be returned without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be
discarded.

END OF SECTION 01330

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 9/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01350 – QUALIFICATIONS OF RESTORATION ARTISANS AND CRAFTSMEN


SUBCONTRACTORS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED:

A. The Georgetown Neighborhood Library is a contributing building to the Georgetown


Historic District. The interior and exterior features and materials are significant charac-
ter defining elements and are to be protected in place during construction and not dis-
turbed until restored by qualified restoration artists and craftsmen. The destruction or
removal of said material by any tradesman or subcontractor, whether intended or inad-
vertent, could jeopardize approvals and certifications required of State and Federal
preservation review agencies. It shall be the sole responsibility of the General Contrac-
tor to protect the historic building at all times.

B. The subcontractors who will be responsible for the execution of the restoration of the
historic materials and surfaces on the interior and exterior of the Georgetown
Neighborhood Library, including but not limited to the following, shall meet the levels of
experience and abilities noted herein:
1. Historic Decorative Plaster
2. Historic Stone
3. Historic Marble
4. Historic Glass
5. Historic Wood
6. Historic Metal
7. Historic Clay Masonry

C. In order to successfully propose the scope of work for the historic materials on the pro-
ject, subcontracting companies must demonstrate a proven capability to execute work
that qualifies under the Secretary of the Interior’s Guideline for the Rehabilitation of
Historic Structures.

D. Acceptable evidence of such qualifications will include, at a minimum, all of the follow-
ing:
1. A proven understanding of the Secretary’s Guidelines with a minimum of ten
years experience with projects of similar size and scope as that of the Takoma
Park Library, provide in writing.
2. Presentation of three (3) similar projects that have been certified by the National
Park Service as having met the Standards, provide in writing.
3. Names and resumes of the project foreman and crewmembers to be assigned to
the project listing projects successfully completed and contact names and phone
numbers for the Owners of the projects. The foreman and crewmembers pro-
posed for the project shall not be changed without written acceptance and agree-
ment of the Owner to the change.
4. Upon direction of the Architect and prior to the approval of the proposed subcon-
tractor, the proposed subcontractor will execute a mockup of finished work with
his proposed crew for Architect’s approval.
5. With each bid the subcontractor shall provide a written description of his onsite
procedures and methods demonstration an understanding of both the require-
ments of the Project Specifications and the sensitivities involved in working
around and with delicate historic material to be conserved and restored.
QUALIFICATIONS OF RESTORATION ARTISANS
AND CRAFTSMEN SUBCONTRACTORS 01350 - 1 of 2
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

E. List of Pre-approved Subcontractors:


1. The attached list of subcontractors has demonstrated the required skills and lev-
els of experience for a project such as the Georgetown Neighborhood Library
and may be considered to be pre-qualified for the project.

C.A. Lindman Hayles & Howe


10401 Guilford Road 3500 Parkdale Ave.
Jessup, MD 20794 Building One West, Ground Floor
p. 301.470.4700 Baltimore, MD 21211
f. 301.470.4708 p. 410.462.0986, f. 410.462.0989

Worcester Eisenbrandt Atlantic Refinishing & Restoration, Inc.


2100 Gable Avenue 2320 Old Washington Road
Baltimore, MD 21230 Waldorf, MD 20601
p. 410.644.6580 p. 301.843.8331
f. 410.644.5895 f. 301.870.8156

Crenshaw Lighting
2430 Floyd Hwy North
Floyd, VA
p. 540.745.3900
f. 540.745.3911

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION 01350

QUALIFICATIONS OF RESTORATION ARTISANS


AND CRAFTSMEN SUBCONTRACTORS 01350 - 2 of 2
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01351
SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY:

A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services necessary for and reasona-
bly incidental to complete the special procedures for historic treatment work as shown
on the drawings or specified, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Storage and protection of existing historic materials.
2. Temporary protection of historic materials during construction.
3. Protection during application of chemicals.
4. Protection during use of heat-generating equipment.
5. Historic treatment procedures.

B. Related Sections include the following:


1. Section 01732 Selective Demolition
2. Section 04904 Marble Cleaning and Restoration
3. Section 04901 Clay Masonry Cleaning and Restoration
4. Section 05700 Ornamental Metal Cleaning and Restoration
5. Section 06400 Interior Woodwork Refinishing
6. Section 08210 Wood Door Refinishing
7. Section 08620 Wood Window Repair
8. Section 08700 Door Hardware Cleaning and Restoration
9. Section 08815 Glazing Repair
10. Section 09200 Ornamental Plaster Trim and Casting Replacement
11. Section 09210 Plaster Cleaning and Repair

C. Qualifications of Restorations Artisans and Craftsman Subcontractors are specified in


Section 01352.

1.02 SUBMITTALS:

A. Historic Treatment Program: Submit a written plan for each phase or process including
protection of surrounding materials during operations. Describe in detail materials,
methods, and equipment to be used in each phase of work.

B. If alternative methods and materials to those indicated are proposed for any phase of
work, provide a written description including evidence of successful use on other, com-
parable projects, and program of testing to demonstrate effectiveness for use on this
Project.

C. For historic treatment specialists and supervisory personnel. Include list of completed
projects with the scope of work and budget for each.

D. Using photographs, show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site im-
provements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
historic treatment operations. Submit before work begins.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 1 of 5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

E. Record Documents shall include modifications to the manufacturer’s written instructions


and procedures, as documents as the Work progresses.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: Refer to Section 01352.


B. Historic Treatment Pre-Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site
to record procedures established as a result of the review and distribute to affected
parties.

1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS:

A. Removed and Salvaged Historic Materials:


1. Transport items to Owner’s storage area designated by Owner.
2. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
3. Do not dispose of items removed from existing construction without prior written
consent of Owner.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Historic materials:


a. Clean and repair historic items to functional condition adequate for intended re-
use.
b. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
c. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
d. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for
new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellane-
ous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during historic
treatment. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable protected
storage location during historic treatment and cleaned and reinstalled in their original
locations after historic treatment operations are complete.

E. When removed from their existing location, store historic materials within a weather-
tight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain, snow, or ground water,
and temperature variations. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.
1. Identify removed items with an inconspicuous mark indicating their original loca-
tion.

1.05 PROJECT-SITE CONDITIONS:

A. Exterior Cleaning and Repairing:


1. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable.
a. Do not attempt repairs during rainy or foggy weather. Do not apply primer, paint,
putty, or epoxy when the relative humidity is above 80%. Do not remove exterior
elements of structures when rain is forecast or in progress.
b. Do not perform exterior wet work when the air temperature is below 40o F.
c. Do not begin cleaning, patching, or repairing when there is any likelihood of frost
or freezing.
d. Do not begin cleaning when either the air or the surface temperature is below
45o F unless approved means are provided for maintaining a 45p F temperature
of the air and materials during, and for 48 hours subsequent to, cleaning.
2. Perform cleaning and rinsing of the exterior only during daylight hours.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 2 of 5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

B. Properties immediately adjacent to historic treatment area may be occupied during the
Work. Conduct historic treatment so that operations will not be disrupted. Provide not
less than 72 hours’ notice to adjacent property owner of act ivies that will affect their
operations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROTECTION, GENERAL:

A. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for precautions and effects of products
and procedures on adjacent building materials, components, and vegetation.

B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its pro-
gress.

C. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials during Construction.


1. Protect existing materials during installation of temporary protections and con-
struction. Do not deface or remove existing materials.
2. Attachment of temporary protection to existing construction shall be approved by
the Architect prior to installation.

D. Prior to the start of work or any cleaning operations, test existing drains and other wa-
ter removal systems to ensure that drains and systems are functioning properly. Notify
Architect immediately of drains or systems that are stopped or blocked. Do not begin
Work of this Section until the drains are in working order.

1. Provide a method to prevent solids including stone or mortar residue from enter-
ing the drains or drain lines. Cleanout drains and drain lines that become
blocked or filled by sand or any other solids because of work performed under
this Contract.

2. Protect storm drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing
only clean water to pass.

3.02 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS – GENERAL:

A. Refer to Sections 04904, 05700, and 06400 for additional information.

B. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, build-
ing site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from appli-
cations of chemical cleaners and paint removers.

C. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners se-
lected fro Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces.
Use covering materials that contain only waterproof, UV-resistant adhesives. Apply
masking agents to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions. Do not apply liquid
masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly re-
move masking to prevent adhesive staining.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 3 of 5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

D. Do not clean surfaces during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to
unprotected surfaces.

E. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes and dispose of off Owner’s property.

F. Dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that pre-
vents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping,
and water penetration into building interiors.

3.03 PROTECTION DURING USE OF HEAT-GENEATING EQUIPMENT:

A. Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating
equipment, including welding, cutting, soldering, brazing, paint removal with heat, and
other operations where open flames or implements utilizing heat are used:

1. Obtain Owner’s approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding equipment.

(a) Notification shall be given for each occurrence and location of work with heat-
generating equipment.

2. As far as practical, use heat-generating equipment in shop areas or outside the


building

3. Before work with heat-generating equipment commences, furnish personnel to


serve as a fire watch (or watches) for location (s) where work is to be performed.

4. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas


where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present to thought to be pre-
sent. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe.

5. Remove and keep the area free of combustibles, including, rubbish, paper,
waste, etc., within area of operations.

(a) If combustible materials cannot be removed, provide fireproof blankets to


cover such materials.

6. Where possible, furnish and use baffles of metal or gypsum board to prevent the
spraying of sparks or hot slag into surrounding combustible material.

7. Prevent the extension of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows,
doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings roofs, and other openings.

8. Inspect each location of the day’s work not sooner than 30 minutes after comple-
tion of operations to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper
housekeeping is maintained.

3.04 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES:

A. The principal aim of preservation work is to halt the process of deterioration and stabi-
lize the item’s condition, unless otherwise indicated. Repair is required where specifi-
cally indicated. The following procedures shall be followed:

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 4 of 5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather


than replace.

2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and sup-
port existing materials or structure.

3. Use reversible processes wherever possible.

4. Use traditional replacement materials and techniques. New work shall be dis-
tinguishable to the trained eye, on closed inspection, from old work.

5. Record the work before the procedure with pre-construction photos and during
the work with periodic construction photos.

B. Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work on or near historic structures.

C. Obtain Architect’s review and written approval in the form of a Constructive Change Di-
rective or Supplemental Instruction before making changes or additions to construction
or removing historic materials.

D. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether


due to environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or
thawing; or due to structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.

E. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.

F. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, provide features


whose designs are based on accurate duplications rather than on conjectural designs,
subject to the approval of Architect and Preservation Specialist.

G. Where Work requires existing features to be removed, cleaned, and reused, perform
these operations without damage to the materials itself, to adjacent materials, or to the
substrate.

H. Identify new or replacement materials and features with inconspicuous, permanent


marks to distinguish them from original materials. Record the legend of identification
marks and the locations of these marks on Record Drawings.

I. When cleaning, match samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and iden-
tified for acceptable cleaning levels. Avoid over-cleaning to prevent damage to exist-
ing materials during cleaning.

END OF SECTION 01351

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 5 of 5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01352 - LEED REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain
USGBC LEED prerequisites and credits needed for Project to obtain LEED Silver
certification based on LEED-NC, Version 2.2.

B. Related Sections:
1. Divisions 1 through 16 Sections for LEED requirements specific to the work of
each of these Sections. Requirements may or may not include reference to
LEED.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that


wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited
certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for
Forest Stewardship." Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified
for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.

B. LEED: Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design.

C. Rapidly Renewable Materials: Materials made from plants that are typically harvested
within a 10-year or shorter cycle. Rapidly renewable materials include products made
from bamboo, cotton, flax, jute, straw, sunflower seed hulls, vegetable oils, or wool.

D. Regional Materials: Materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as


well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. If only a fraction of a product or
material is extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally, then only that
percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value.

E. Regionally Manufactured Materials: Materials that are manufactured within a radius of


500 miles from Project site. Manufacturing refers to the final assembly of components
into the building product that is installed at Project site.

F. Regionally Extracted and Manufactured Materials: Regionally manufactured materials


made from raw materials that are extracted, harvested, or recovered within a radius of
500 miles from Project site.

G. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be


determined by weight.
1. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by households
or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilities in their role as end users of
the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose.

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 1/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste stream


during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of materials such as
rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed
within the same process that generated it.

H. Recycled Content: The percentage by weight of constituents that have been recovered
or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing
process (pre-consumer), or after consumer use (post-consumer).
1. Spills and scraps from the original manufacturing process that are combined with
other constituents after a minimal amount of reprocessing for use in further
production of the same product are not recycled materials.
2. Discarded materials from one manufacturing process that are used as
constituents in another manufacturing process are pre-consumer recycled
materials.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Project Materials Cost Data: Provide statement indicating total cost for materials used
for Project. Costs exclude labor, overhead, and profit. Include breakout of costs for
the following categories of items:
1. Furniture.
2. Plumbing.
3. Mechanical.
4. Electrical.
5. Specialty items such as elevators and equipment.
6. Wood-based construction materials.

B. LEED Action Plans: Provide preliminary submittals within 14 days of date


established for the Notice to Proceed indicating how the following requirements will be
met:
1. Credit MR 2.1: List of materials to be diverted from disposal and whether the
materials will be sorted on-site or comingled. Provide calculations by weight or
volume; calculationmethod consistent throughout project.
2. Credit MR 4.1: List of proposed materials with recycled content. Indicate cost,
post-consumer recycled content, and pre-consumer recycled content for each
product having recycled content.
3. Credit MR 5.1: List of proposed regionally manufactured materials.

a. Identify each regionally manufactured material, including its source and


cost.
b. Identify each regionally extracted and manufactured material, including its
source and cost.
4. Credit EQ 3.1 [and EQ3.2]: Construction indoor-air-quality management plan.

C. LEED Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit
reports comparing actual construction and purchasing activities with LEED action plans
as well as reports on completed LEED online templates.

D. LEED Documentation Submittals: Submit the following and complete related LEED
online templates. Provide manufacturer’s documentation.

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 2/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Credit MR 4.1: Product data and certification letter indicating percentages by


weight of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content for products having
recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having
recycled content.
2. Credit MR 5.1: Product data for regional materials indicating location and
distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or
recovery for each raw material. Include statement indicating cost for each
regional material and the fraction by weight that is considered regional.
3. Credit MR 5.1: Product data indicating location of material manufacturer for
regionally manufactured materials. Include statement indicating cost for each
regionally manufactured material and for each regionally extracted and
manufactured material.

a. Include statement indicating distance from manufacturer to Project for each


regionally manufactured material.
b. Include statement indicating location of and distance from Project to point
of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material used in regionally
extracted and manufactured materials.
4. Credit EQ 3.1:
a. Product data for temporary filtration media.
b. Product data for filtration media used during occupancy.
c. Construction Documentation: Six photographs at three different times
during the construction period, along with a brief description of the
SMACNA approach employed, documenting implementation of the indoor-
air-quality management measures, such as protection of ducts and on-site
stored or installed absorptive materials. Photos should show full range of
SMACNA guidelines followed throughout construction.
5. Credit EQ 3.2:
a. Report from testing and inspecting agency indicating results of indoor-air-
quality testing and documentation showing compliance with indoor-air-
quality testing procedures and requirements.
6. Credit EQ 4.1: Product data for adhesives and sealants used inside the
weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate
VOC content in g/L calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.
7. Credit EQ 4.2: Product data for paints and coatings used inside the
weatherproofing system indicating VOC content of each product used. Indicate
VOC content in g/L calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #1168.
8. Credit EQ 4.3: List of each carpet and carpet cushion installed in building
interior. Confirm product complies with CRI Green Label Plus testing program.
Product data for carpet. Indicated VOC content of each product used. Indicate
VOC content in g/L calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #116.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECYCLED CONTENT OF MATERIALS

A. Credit MR 4.1: Provide building materials with recycled content such that post-
consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content constitutes
a minimum of 10 percent of cost of materials used for Project.

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 3/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Cost of post-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by


dividing weight of post-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of
the item and multiplying by cost of the item.
2. Cost of pre-consumer recycled content of an item shall be determined by dividing
weight of pre-consumer recycled content in the item by total weight of the item
and multiplying by cost of the item.
3. Do not include furniture, plumbing, mechanical and electrical components, and
specialty items such as elevators and equipment in the calculation.

2.2 REGIONAL MATERIALS

A. Credit MR 5.1: Provide a minimum of 10 percent of building materials (by cost) that
are regional materials.

2.3 LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS

A. Credit EQ 4.1: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use
adhesives and sealants that comply with the following limits for VOC content when
calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #1168:
1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L.
2. Metal to Metal Adhesives: 30 g/L.
3. Adhesives for Porous Materials (Except Wood): 50 g/L.
4. Subfloor Adhesives: 50 g/L.
5. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.
6. Carpet Adhesives: 50 g/L.
7. Carpet Pad Adhesives: 50 g/L.
8. VCT and Asphalt Tile Adhesives: 50 g/L.
9. Cove Base Adhesives: 50 g/L.
10. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L.
11. Rubber Floor Adhesives: 60 g/L.
12. Ceramic Tile Adhesives: 65 g/L.
13. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L.
14. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L.
15. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L.
16. Structural Glazing Adhesives: 100 g/L.
17. Wood Flooring Adhesive: 100 g/L.
18. Structural Wood Member Adhesive: 140 g/L.
19. Special Purpose Contact Adhesive (contact adhesive that is used to bond
melamine covered board, metal, unsupported vinyl, Teflon, ultra-high molecular
weight polyethylene, rubber or wood veneer 1/16 inch or less in thickness to any
surface): 250 g/L.
20. Top and Trim Adhesive: 250 g/L.
21. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 250 g/L.
22. ABS Welding Compounds: 325 g/L.
23. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L.
24. Sheet Applied Rubber Lining Adhesive: 850 g/L.
25. Aerosol Adhesive, General Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent by weight.
26. Aerosol Adhesive, General Purpose Web Spray: 55 percent by weight.
27. Special Purpose Aerosol Adhesive (All Types): 70 percent by weight.

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 4/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

28. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L.


29. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
30. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L.
31. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L.
32. Other Sealants: 420 g/L.
33. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
34. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
35. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L.
36. Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L.

B. Credit EQ 4.2: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, use
paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC content when
calculated according to SCAQMD Rule #1113, Green Seal Standard GS-11 and GS-
3 and the following chemical restrictions:
1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
3. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than
250 g/L.
4. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L.
5. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L.
6. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.
7. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L.
8. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L.
9. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
10. Flat Interior Topcoat Paints: VOC not more than 50 g/L.
11. Nonflat Interior Topcoat Paints: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
12. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than
250 g/L.
13. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes and Sanding Sealers: VOC not more than 350
g/L.
14. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L.
15. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.
16. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L.
17. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L.
18. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
19. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
20. Dry-Fog Coatings: VOC not more than 400 g/L.
21. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC not more than 340 g/L.
22. Pretreatment Wash Primers: VOC not more than 420 g/L.
23. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0
percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds
containing one or more benzene rings).
24. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain acrolein,
acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2-
ethylhexyl) phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2-
dichlorobenzene, diethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate,
ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, isophorone, lead, mercury,
methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, naphthalene,
toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1-trichloroethane, or vinyl chloride.

C. Credit EQ4.3:

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 5/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Carpet and cushion systems shall comply with testing and product requirements
of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Plus Program.
2. Carpet adhesive must meet VOC limit of 50 g/L.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING-AGENT REMOVAL

A. Credit EA 4: Remove clean-agent fire-extinguishing agents that contain HCFCs or


halons and replace with agent that does not contain HCFCs or halons. See Division 13
Section "Clean-Agent Extinguishing Systems" for additional requirements.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION INDOOR-AIR-QUALITY MANAGEMENT

A. Credit EQ 3.1: Comply with SMACNA's "SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied
Buildings under Construction."
1. If Owner authorizes use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating systems
during construction period as specified in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities
and Controls," install filter media having a MERV 8 according to ASHRAE 52.2 at
each return-air inlet for the air-handling system used during construction.
2. Replace all air filters immediately prior to occupancy.

B. Credit EQ 3.2:
1. Air-Quality Testing:

a. Conduct baseline indoor-air-quality testing, after construction ends and


prior to occupancy, using testing protocols consistent with the EPA's
"Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor
Air," and as additionally detailed in the USGBC's "LEED-NC : Reference
Guide."
b. Demonstrate that the contaminant maximum concentrations listed below
are not exceeded:

1) Formaldehyde: 50 ppb.
2) Particulates (PM10): 50 micrograms/cu. m.
3) Total Volatile Organic Compounds (TVOC): 500 micrograms/cu. m.
4) 4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PH): 6.5 micrograms/cu. m.
5) Carbon Monoxide: 9 ppm and no greater than 2 ppm above outdoor
levels.

c. For each sampling point where the maximum concentration limits are
exceeded, conduct additional flush-out with outside air and retest the
specific parameter(s) exceeded to indicate the requirements are achieved.
Repeat procedure until all requirements have been met. When retesting
noncomplying building areas, take samples from same locations as in the
first test.
d. Air-sample testing shall be conducted as follows:

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 6/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1) All measurements shall be conducted prior to occupancy but during


normal occupied hours, and with building ventilation system starting
at the normal daily start time and operated at the minimum outside air
flow rate for the occupied mode throughout the duration of the air
testing.
2) Building shall have all interior finishes installed including, but not
limited to, millwork, doors, paint, carpet, and acoustic tiles. Nonfixed
furnishings such as workstations and partitions are encouraged, but
not required, to be in place for the testing.
3) Number of sampling locations will vary depending on the size of
building and number of ventilation systems. For each portion of
building served by a separate ventilation system, the number of
sampling points shall not be less than one per 25,000 sq. ft. or for
each contiguous floor area, whichever is larger, and shall include
areas with the least ventilation and greatest presumed source
strength.
4) Air samples shall be collected between 3 and 6 feet from the floor to
represent the breathing zone of occupants, and over a minimum four-
hour period.

END OF SECTION 01352

LEED REQUIREMENTS 01352 - 7/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.

B. Related Documents: Solicitation, Part 1, E.1 “Inspections and Tests.”

C. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other
quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services
required by Architect, Owner, Construction Manager, or authorities having
jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

D. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 “LEED Requirements” for LEED requirements including EQ Credit 3.1/
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and


during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and
substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during


and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the
Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include
contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.

C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for the Project
before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or
compliance with specified criteria.

D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or
a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified
requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the
source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 1/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for
installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.


Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an


employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require
that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized
individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or
trades.

I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having


successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and
extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having
complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or
quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting
requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before
proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply
exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum
within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values
are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having


jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having
jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems.
1. Seismic-force resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed
in the designated seismic system quality assurance plan prepared by the
Architect.
2. Main wind-force resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the
wind-force-resisting system quality assurance plan prepared by the Architect.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance"


Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications
in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized
authority.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in
other Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and
testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies
with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and


inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar
documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on
performance of the Work.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification


levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems


similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those


indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or


assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service
performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified


to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities


shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations.
Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for
the activities indicated.
1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for
specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with


the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 329 ; and with additional qualifications specified in
individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is
acceptable to authorities.
1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program.

H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of


manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect
installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project.

I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction


testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods,
comply with the following:
1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and
construction.
b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and
analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
c. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, ; do not
reuse products on Project.
2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test,
inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, through
Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections
and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or
deviates from the Contract Documents.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections are Contractor's responsibility.


Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies
with requirements, whether specified or not.
1. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.
2. Notify testing agencies at least 48 hours in advance of time when Work that
requires testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.

B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's


representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's
services include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials,
inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were


Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and
reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract
Documents.

D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Construction Manager, and


Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required
tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities
or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ
tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections,


and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as
requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of
personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing
and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 5/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at
Project site.

F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-


assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of
removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special
tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction, and as follows:
1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control
procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures
to perform the Work.
2. Notifying Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of
irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its
services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-
control service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to
Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services,


repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore
patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams
that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document
requirements for cutting and patching in Division 1 Section "Execution
Requirements."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of


responsibility for quality-control services.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 6/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

END OF SECTION 01400

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 7/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. Historic Preservation Terms and Definitions: As indicated on Drawing Sheet A-0.03.

C. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals,


applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

D. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"


"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."

E. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on


Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

F. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities


having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work.

G. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.

H. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,


assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing,
curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

I. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

J. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of
Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description
of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent


requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and
effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent
referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

REFERENCES 01420 - 1/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract


Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be


familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction


activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications


or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities
indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books'
"National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."

B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications


or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in
the following list.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)

AABC Associated Air Balance Council

AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association

AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists

ABAA Air Barrier Association of America

ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association

ACI American Concrete Institute

AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)

AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association

AGA American Gas Association

AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The)

AHA American Hardboard Association


(Now part of CPA)

AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers

AI Asphalt Institute

REFERENCES 01420 - 2/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

AIA American Institute of Architects (The)

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute

ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America


(Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network)

ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated

AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.

ANSI American National Standards Institute

APA Architectural Precast Association

APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association

APA EWS APA - The Engineered Wood Association; Engineered Wood Systems
(See APA - The Engineered Wood Association)

ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers

ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute


(See ASCE)

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers

ASME ASME International


(American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering

ASTM ASTM International


(American Society for Testing and Materials International)

AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry

AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association


(Now WCMA)

AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute

AWPA American Wood Protection Association


(Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association)

AWS American Welding Society

REFERENCES 01420 - 3/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

AWWA American Water Works Association

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association

BIA Brick Industry Association (The)

BIFMA BIFMA International


(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association
International)

CDA Copper Development Association

CEA Consumer Electronics Association

CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association

CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association

CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute

CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council

CPA Composite Panel Association

CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association

CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The)

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

CSI Cast Stone Institute

CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The)

DHI Door and Hardware Institute

EIA Electronic Industries Alliance

EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee

EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.

ESD ESD Association


(Electrostatic Discharge Association)

ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO


(Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA)

REFERENCES 01420 - 4/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

FSA Fluid Sealing Association

FSC Forest Stewardship Council

GA Gypsum Association

GANA Glass Association of North America

GRI (Part of GSI)

GS Green Seal

GSI Geosynthetic Institute

HI Hydronics Institute

HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association


(Part of NAAMM)

HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association

HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology


IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance

ISO International Organization for Standardization


Available from ANSI

ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association

ITS Intertek Testing Service NA


(Now ETL SEMCO)

ITU International Telecommunication Union

LMA Laminating Materials Association

REFERENCES 01420 - 5/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

(Now part of CPA)

LPI Lightning Protection Institute

MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.

MH Material Handling
(Now MHIA)

MHIA Material Handling Industry of America

MIA Marble Institute of America

MPI Master Painters Institute

MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry


Inc.

NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers

NACE NACE International


(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)

NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association

NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association

NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute

NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association

NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association

NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association

NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association

NFPA NFPA
(National Fire Protection Association)

NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council

NGA National Glass Association

REFERENCES 01420 - 6/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association

NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority

NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association


(Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association)

NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association

NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association

NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association

NSF NSF International


(National Sanitation Foundation International)

NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association

NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association


(Now WDMA)

PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute

PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America

PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute

PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute

PLANET Professional Landcare Network


(Formerly: ACLA - Associated Landscape Contractors of America)

RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections

RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute

SAE SAE International

SDI Steel Deck Institute

SDI Steel Door Institute

REFERENCES 01420 - 7/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers


(See ASCE)

SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council

SIA Security Industry Association

SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association


(Now IGMA)

SJI Steel Joist Institute

SMA Screen Manufacturers Association

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'


National Association

SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance


(Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray
Polyurethane Foam Division)

SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)

SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America

SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings

STI Steel Tank Institute

SWI Steel Window Institute

SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute

TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.


(Now TCNA)

TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc.

TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance

TMS The Masonry Society

TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc.

REFERENCES 01420 - 8/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

TPI Turfgrass Producers International

UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association

USGBC U.S. Green Building Council

WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association

WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau

WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association

WCSC Window Covering Safety Council


(Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association)

WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association


(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)

WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California)

WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association

WWPA Western Wood Products Association

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or


other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list.

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

ICC International Code Council

ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in


Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject
to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the
Contract Documents.

CE Army Corps of Engineers

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission

REFERENCES 01420 - 9/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

GSA General Services Administration

HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology

OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration

PBS Public Buildings Service


(See GSA)

PHS Office of Public Health and Science

USDA Department of Agriculture

USPS Postal Service

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in


Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and
Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of
the date of the Contract Documents.

ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)


Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from U.S. Access Board

CFR Code of Federal Regulations


Available from Government Printing Office

FED-STD Federal Standard


(See FS)

FTMS Federal Test Method Standard


(See FS)

UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards


Available from Access Board

REFERENCES 01420 - 10/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01420

REFERENCES 01420 - 11/11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for limitations on work restrictions and utility


interruptions.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for SS Prerequisite 1, EQ Credit 3.1


and EQ Credit 3.2.

3. Division 1 Section “Construction Waste Management.”

1.2 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be
included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use
temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect,
testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water
system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges.
Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction
operations.

C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing
system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges.
Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction
operations.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas
for construction personnel.

B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA


Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more
stringent.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 1/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect
each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in [the U.S.


Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility
Guidelines] [and] ICC/ANSI A117.1.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage installer of each permanent service to


assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent
service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless
of previously assigned responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes,


temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner,


Architect, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to
accommodate project meetings specified in other Division 1 Sections. Keep office
clean and orderly.

C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required
by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space
thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type


heating units is prohibited.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
use.
3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system
for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each
return air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC
system as required in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required
by progress of the Work.

1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 1 Section


"Summary."

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until
facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed
permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service
can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

B. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and
maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial
Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use
of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

D. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed
construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select
equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements
being installed.

E. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by


construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting
installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will
not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 3/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and


minimize energy consumption.

F. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of
sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by
Owner.

G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate
illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic
conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection
requirements without operating entire system.

H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for


use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.

1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:

a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each field
office.

2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments.


b. Ambulance service.
c. Contractor's home office.
d. Architect's office.
e. Engineers' offices.
f. Owner's office.
g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use
when away from field office.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible
according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.
2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion
inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after
Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under
conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and


utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction
personnel.

D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having


jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.

E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not
permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on


Drawings.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform
public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.

a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section


"Construction Waste Management."

G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered
"tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

H. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted.

I. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs
are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.

1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to to


maintain means of egress.

J. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be
permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time
of Substantial Completion.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and


conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 5/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other


undesirable effects.

B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil


erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed
areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and
sedimentation-control Drawings.

C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.


Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent
flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

D. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the
drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations.
Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

E. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize


attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform
extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests
and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner.
Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

F. Site Enclosure Fence: Furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will
prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.

1. Extent of Fence: [As required to enclose entire Project site or portion


determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations] [As
indicated on Drawings].
2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to
authorized personnel.[ Furnish one set of keys to Owner.]

G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Lock entrances at end of each work day.

H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities


having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning
signs and lighting.

I. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in


progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations,
and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete,


insulate temporary enclosures.

J. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of


types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 241.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 6/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and


similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a
warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not
to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work.


Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials


are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect materials
from water damage and keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged
contact with concrete.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before
full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to
infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items


with high organic content, into partially enclosed building.
2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.
3. Discard or replace water-damaged and wet material.
4. Discard, replace or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.
5. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry
before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the


building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain
as follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in


conditions.
2. Remove materials that can not be completely restored to their manufactured
moisture level within 48 hours.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste


and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 7/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,


ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security
and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service
has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no
later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent
construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary
facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that
cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of


Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification
signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in
Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 01500

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 8/8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01524 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:


1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
2. Recycling nonhazardous construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from
partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements.
2. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site
clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste
resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction
waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition
or selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale,
recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in


preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse


in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent


incorporation into the Work.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight


of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Facilitate recycling and
salvage of

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 1/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 21 days of date established for the
Notice to Proceed .

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment,
submit report. Include the following information:
1. Material category.
2. Hauler name and destination of diverted materials.
3. Generation point of waste.
4. Total quantity of waste by volume or weight. Use one method consistently
throughout project.
5. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual by volume or weight.
6. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual iby volume or weight.
7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) by volume or weight.
8. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of
total waste.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit


calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of
total waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated


to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to


individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of


recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them.
Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by
landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight
tickets, receipts, and invoices.

G. LEED Submittal: LEED letter template for Credit MR 2.1, signed by Contractor,
tabulating total waste material, quantities diverted and means by which it is diverted,
and statement that requirements for the credit have been met.

H. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator .

I. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician


responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was
recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include
name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 2/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: LEED Accredited Professional,


certified by USGBC.

B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved


certification program.

C. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with


requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."

1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and


requirements of this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction
work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and
construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of
measure throughout waste management plan.

B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and


construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and
assumptions for estimates.

C. Waste Location: Indicate specific area on-site for collection of commingled or


segregated recyclable material.

D. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged,
recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation,
total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling
and transportation procedures.
1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in
this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before
incorporation into the Work.
2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and
organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals
and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone
numbers.
4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of
recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone
numbers.
5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of.
Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator
facility.
6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for
separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and
designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 3/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers,


storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste
management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be


responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management
work plan.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management


procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of
submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and
disposal.

D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to


ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent
occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating
materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling
dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work:


1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials
and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make items functional for use indicated.

B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.

C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use:


1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area [off-site] [designated by Owner].

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 4/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives
received for recycling waste materials shall [accrue to Owner] [accrue to Contractor]
[be shared equally by Owner and Contractor].

C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris.
Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical
according to approved construction waste management plan.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste
until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and
unacceptable materials at each container and bin.

a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated


materials if found.
2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust.
3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver
or processor.

3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum [1-1/2-inch] [4-inch] size.

B. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.

C. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other
metals.
1. Pulverize concrete to maximum [1-1/2-inch] [4-inch] size.

D. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with
other metals.
1. Pulverize masonry to maximum [3/4-inch] [1-inch] [1-1/2-inch] [4-inch] size.
2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.

E. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length.
Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood
materials.

F. Metals: Separate metals by type.


1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 5/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

G. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts.
Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories.

H. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals
from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals.

I. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate
supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.

J. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store
in a dry location.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets
from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into
component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with
requirements for recycling wood.

B. Site-Clearing Wastes: Chip brush, branches, and trees [on-site] [at landfill facility].

C. Wood Materials:
1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.
2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

D. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a
dry location.
1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile
chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused,


remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or
incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be
disposed of accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 6/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's


property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for
burning materials until fires are extinguished.

D. Disposal: Transport waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on


Owner's property.

E. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.7 SAMPLE FORMS

END OF SECTION 01524

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524 - 7/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products


for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard
warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements.”

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for
Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the
terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including


make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's
published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another
project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through
submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function,
dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific


manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design
product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the
significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance,
physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating
comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable


product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include
Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or


documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product
request. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of
approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 14 days of
receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal


Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a
comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in


Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more


products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent
damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent


overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's
original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract
Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly
protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of


units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for
period of installation and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature,
humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,
other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and
limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under
requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer


for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to
provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information


and properly executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications,
prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16. Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout


Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of
installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other
items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard
options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been
produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make
selection.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the


Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide


the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or
substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or
source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies
with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience will not be considered.
3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both


manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that
complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for
Contractor's convenience will be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both
available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed,
or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with
requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an
unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers'


names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies
with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience [will] [will not] be considered[, unless otherwise indicated].
b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available
manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a
product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a


product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the
specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other
named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles,
dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of
an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's


sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's
sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other
specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 4/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that
complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium
items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for


comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following
conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to
record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those
named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product meets applicable LEED credit requirements.
4. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
5. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
6. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01600

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 5/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01635 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting


comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

2. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for LEED requirements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of


construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit six copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification
Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use [CSI Form 13.1A] [facsimile of form provided
in the Project Manual].
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation


cannot be provided, if applicable.
b. Confirmation that substituted product meets applicable LEED
requirements.
c. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications
needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner
and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
d. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with
those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable
specification section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design
characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements
indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

e. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and


fabrication and installation procedures.
f. Samples, where applicable or requested.
g. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
h. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
i. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
j. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from [ICC-ES] <Insert applicable code organization>.
k. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the
overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction
cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from
manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of
purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
l. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract
Sum.
m. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution
request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for
applications indicated.
n. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed
substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or


documentation for evaluation within fourteen days of receipt of a request for
substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of
acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 14 days of receipt of
request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation,
whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or


Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a
proposed substitution within time allocated.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed


substitution with related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to
perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately upon discovery
of need for change, but not later than 14 days prior to time required for preparation
and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will


produce indicated results.
b. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction
schedule.
c. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
d. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
e. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
f. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
g. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if


received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed .

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied:

a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time,


energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities
may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation
services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar
considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction
schedule.
e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested


substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01635

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01635 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing


execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Cutting and patching.
5. Progress cleaning.
6. Starting and adjusting.
7. Protection of installed construction.
8. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 “LEED Requirements.”
2. Division 1 “Construction Waste Management.”
3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with
Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from
indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.
4. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching
penetrations in fire-rated construction.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location


and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to


accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
1. Submit receipts showing amount (by weight or volume – one method through out
project) of materials disposed or recycled.

C. Certified Surveys: Submit three copies signed by professional engineer.

D. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record
survey data.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 1/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to


practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and
patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify


Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from the Architect
before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting
and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could
change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection

2. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed
construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and
patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with
materials so as not to void existing warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction


practices and procedures, utilize products for patching that comply with
requirements of Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements."

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For
exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the
fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Architect for the visual and
functional performance of in-place materials.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical
and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of


connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping;
underground electrical services, and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component


of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator
present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with


existing finishes or primers.
2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and
systems are to be installed.
4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to [local utility] [Owner] that is


necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines,
services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction.
Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work
are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown


diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the


need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions
outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 3/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

according to requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and


Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies
are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly.

B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted
surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to
obtain required dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work
progresses.
5. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines
and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard
established by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements,
grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures,
building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for
mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with
control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required
lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather
conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and
tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect and Construction
Manager.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar
reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent
benchmarks and control points during construction operations.

B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on


Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with
authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 4/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.

C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and


other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing
dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.

D. Final Property Survey: Engage a professional engineer to prepare a final property


survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a
certification, signed by professional engineer, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and
levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.

1. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded


by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct
alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.


2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing


products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging


operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise
levels.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to
be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm
that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with
indicated requirements.

G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of
adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately
located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of
attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount


components at heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.

I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.

J. Comply with IAQ Management Plan.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and
patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete
without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or


performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition.

B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent


damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project
that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

D. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or


interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage
elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures
with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required,
and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings
when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or
a diamond-core drill.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 6/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2


Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions
to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit
to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are
complete.

F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as
invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements
specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize
evidence of patching and refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one
finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new
space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and
appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new
materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an
even-plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores
enclosure to a weathertight condition.

G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste


materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or
three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 7/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum
the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to
written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only
cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and
that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the
space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as


necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste
materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with Construction Waste
Management Plan.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary


through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the


construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove


malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper
operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 1


Section "Quality Requirements."

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 8/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates


and finishes.

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces,


touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

END OF SECTION 01700

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 9/9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:


1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

B. Related Sections:
1. See Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for LEED prerequisites and credits
including SS Credit 3, MR Credit 1 and MR Credit 2.
2. See Division 1 Section "Construction Waste Management" for disposal of
demolished materials.
3. See Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and
below-grade improvements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Historic Preservation Definitions: As indicated on Drawing Sheet A-0.03.

B. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site,
unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

C. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to
Owner.

D. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for
reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.

E. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that
are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and
reinstalled.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective


demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity,
interruption of utility services, use of elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary
partitions and means of egress.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 1/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition


work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved


certification program.

C. LEED Requirements for Building Reuse:


1. Credit MR 1.1: Maintain existing building structure (including structural floor) and
envelope (exterior skin and framing, excluding window assemblies and
nonstructural roofing material) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish
such existing construction beyond indicated limits.

D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before


beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

F. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site .

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition


area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by


Owner as far as practical.
1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items:
a. Loose furniture.
b. Interior doors.
c. Molding and trim.
d. Cornice remnants.

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before


proceeding with selective demolition.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered


in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials have been removed by Owner under a separate contract.
2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not
disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous
materials under a separate contract.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect
them against damage during selective demolition operations.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 2/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine


extent of selective demolition required.

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to
be removed and salvaged.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with


intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and
extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.

E. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether


removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any
portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction


photographs .
1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic
Documentation."

G. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective
demolition activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect


them against damage during selective demolition operations.

B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off


indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be
selectively demolished.
1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that
bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of
services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug
and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-
removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks,
walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1
Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to


prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as
required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of
construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled
movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by
new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within
limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required.
Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining
construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent
surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid
marring existing finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents
of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and
portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as
not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Reuse of Building Elements: Project has been designed to result in end-of-Project


rates for reuse of building elements as follows. Do not demolish building elements
beyond what is indicated on Drawings without Architect's approval.
1. Building Structure and Shell: 75 percent.
2. Nonshell Elements: 50 percent.

C. Removed and Salvaged Items:


1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner .
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for
new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and
miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage


and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be
removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and
cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations
are complete.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged,


reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished
materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of
them.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before
selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION 01732

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 5/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,


including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.


2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.

B. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements” for submitting final LEED
documentation including LEED online templates.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings,
Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
4. Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing
Owner's personnel.
5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning
requirements for the Work in those Sections.

1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of


Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete
with request.

1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of
items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service
agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating
certificates, and similar releases.
5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance
manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or
settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location
designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number
where applicable.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise
Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems.
9. Submit test/adjust/balance records.
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,
and maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On


receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with
inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the
Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,
either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous


inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
completion.

1.3 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final


completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment


Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items
to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The
certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of
request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or
notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for
Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous


inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected
by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including,
if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of
construction.[ Use CSI Form 14.1A.]

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories
for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. Six paper copies, unless otherwise indicated. Architect, through
Construction Manager, will return three copies.

1.5 WARRANTIES

A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated


portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of
Substantial Completion is indicated.

B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents
of the Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf


binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive
8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate
warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed
description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and
the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
4. Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal
package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to
each item. Provide table of contents at beginning of document.

C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance


manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer


or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are
potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Use cleaning products that meet Green Seal GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable,
use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum
allowable VOC levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to


comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.


Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building
cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for


certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction


activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste
material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains,
and other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-
textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective
surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including
roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and
similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-
obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged
transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch
surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily
repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification,
including mechanical and electrical nameplates.

m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment,


and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar
droppings, and other foreign substances.
n. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may
impede operation or reduce longevity.
o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including
stains resulting from water exposure.
p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean
exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by
hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury
vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection


and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

D. IAQ Management Plan: Complete filter change and air testing as required by approved
IAQ Management Plan.

END OF SECTION 01770

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 5/5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01781 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record


documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.

2. Record Specifications.

3. Record Product Data.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 Section “LEED Requirements.”

2. Division 1 Section “Submittal Requirements.”

3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and


maintenance manual requirements.

4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for project record


documents of the Work in those Sections.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit six set(s) of marked-up record prints.

B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including


addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation
varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained
record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar
entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record
prints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would


be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
c. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.

2. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately.
Utilize personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of
marked-up record prints.

3. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to
distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same
location.

4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order


numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT
RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include
identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.

3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate
electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name
each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data
file.

4. Identification: As follows:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where


installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract
modifications.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations


that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials,
and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information


necessary to provide a record of selections made.

4. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where
applicable.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations


that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes
in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where
applicable.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for


miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of
the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued
use and reference.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for
project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project record
documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and


Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction.
Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record
documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from
deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's and
Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

END OF SECTION 01781

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation


and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.


2. Emergency manuals.
3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
4. Product maintenance manuals.
5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual


requirements for the Work in those Sections.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically-


indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.

a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with


applicable item name. Include a complete electronically-linked operation
and maintenance directory.
b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.

2. Two paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory.


Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect, through
Construction Manager, will return two copies.

B. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for
Substantial Completion and at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and
training. Architect and Commissioning Agent will return copy with comments.

1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning


Agent's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of
receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Agent's comments and prior to
commencing demonstration and training.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 1/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE


MANUALS

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate


section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of
equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in
the order listed:

1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual.


2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name and contact information for Contractor.
6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.
7. Name and contact information for Architect.
8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Agent.
9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that
designed the systems contained in the manuals.
10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name,
indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section
number in Project Manual.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents


alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble
instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single
binder.

E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite
electronic PDF file for each manual type required.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available.


Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for
minimum readable file size.
2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based
upon file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and
equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group
documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite
bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks
reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file
tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel upon opening file.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 2/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled
volumes.

1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness


necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with
clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets
inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.

a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name,and subject matter
of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.

2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the
manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and
major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-
referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose
diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with
text.

a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text


pages and use as foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in
labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate
locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles,
descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.

2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency.
2. Emergency instructions.
3. Emergency procedures.

B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below,
include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment,
and component:

1. Fire.
2. Flood.
3. Gas leak.
4. Water leak.
5. Power failure.
6. Water outage.
7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
8. Chemical release or spill.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 3/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error


messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating
personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping.
2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.
4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

2.3 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in


individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems


and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Operating logs.
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8. Piped system diagrams.
9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on
Contract Documents.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 4/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.


8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram
controls as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required
for identification.

2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and
finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures,
repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name
and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name,
address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number.


2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the


following:

1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials
and related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system,
include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 5/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as


described below.

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in
manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.
For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and
maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title
in Project Manual.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance


documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of
equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins.


2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including
disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail
essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.


2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list
of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts,
with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance
documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with


name and telephone number of service agent.

H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 6/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating


procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for
types of emergencies indicated.

B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data


indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into
the Work.

C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and


maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem,
and piece of equipment not part of a system.

D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data,


include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to
identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more
than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from
the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to
information not applicable.

E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate


the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control
sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in
record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and


maintenance manuals.

F. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting
operation and maintenance documentation.

END OF SECTION 01782

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 7/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

SECTION 01810 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. OPR and BoD documentation are included by reference for information only.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without


regard to specific systems, assemblies, or components.

B. Related Sections:
1. Division 15 “Mechanical Systems Commissioning”.
2. Division 16 “ Electrical Systems Commissioning”.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. BoD: Basis of Design. A document that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product
selections used to meet the OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards,
and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items
that support the design process.

B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of


resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process.

C. CxA, CA: Commissioning Authority.

D. OPR: Owner's Project Requirements. A document that details the functional requirements of a
project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. These include Project goals,
measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and
supporting information.

E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or
separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, subsystems, equipment, and components.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 1


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

1.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM

A. Members Appointed by Contractor: Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of
the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process
through coordinated action. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to,
representatives of Contractor, including Project superintendent and subcontractors, installers,
suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA.

B. Members Appointed by Owner:

1. CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates
the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner will engage
the CxA under a separate contract.
2. Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel.
3. Architect and engineering design professionals.

1.5 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and Contractor for information and use.

B. Assign operation and maintenance personnel and schedule them to participate in commissioning
team activities.

C. Provide the BoD documentation, prepared by Architect and approved by Owner, to the CxA and
Contractor for use in developing the commissioning plan, systems manual, and operation and
maintenance training plan.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Contractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to act on its behalf and shall
schedule them to participate in and perform commissioning process activities including, but not
limited to, the following:

1. Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in test reports and, in collaboration with


entity responsible for system and equipment installation, recommend corrective action.
2. Cooperate with the CxA for resolution of issues recorded in the Issues Log.
3. Attend commissioning team meetings held on a monthly bases or as required by the CxA.
4. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with construction schedule.
5. Create construction checklists (Equipment Start-up / Prefunctional Checklist) and submit
to the CxA for review, and comment. Contractor is to document and sign Start-up and
Prefunctional checklists as each piece of equipment start-up is preformed.
6. Complete paper as well as electronic construction checklists as work is completed and
provide to the Commissioning Authority on a two week basis.
7. Review and accept commissioning process test procedures (functional testing) provided
by the Commissioning Authority.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

8. Complete commissioning process test procedures.


9. Contractor is to review and clearly understand all LEED commissioning requirements.

1.7 CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Organize and lead the commissioning team.

B. Provide commissioning plan.

C. Review OPR & BOD

D. Convene commissioning team meetings.

E. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures.


Contractor to submit their start-up checklists, and manufactures start-up documents, and assist
in the creation of all test procedures.

F. Verify the execution of commissioning process activities using random sampling. The
sampling rate may vary from 1 to 100 percent. Verification will include, but is not limited to,
equipment submittals, construction checklists, training, operating and maintenance data, tests,
and test reports to verify compliance with the OPR. When a random sample does not meet the
requirement, the CxA will report the failure in the Issues Log.

G. Prepare and maintain the Issues Log.

H. Prepare and maintain completed construction checklist log.

I. Witness systems, assemblies, equipment, and random component startup.

J. Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates, and include them in the Cx Report

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 3


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

PART 2 - EXECUTION Commissioning Plan

Fundamental Building Systems Commissioning

LEED NC 2.2, EA Fundamental Cx

Project:
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION
WASHINGTON, DC

Prepared by:
ALLEN & SHARIFF CORPORATION
7061 Deepage Drive • Columbia, Maryland 21045
Phone: 410-381-7100 • Fax: 410-381-7110

Commissioning Authority
Warren Isaac, CxA, LEED®AP
443-545-1159

June 29, 2009


Preliminary Commissioning Plan

Table of Contents

1. Overview
1.1 Abbreviations and Definitions
1.2 Purpose of the Commissioning Plan
1.3 Commissioning Scope
1.4 Commissioned Systems
1.5 N/A

2. General Building Information

3. Construction / Cx Team Data

4. Roles and Responsibilities


4.1 Cx Team Members
4.2 General Management Plan
4.3 General Descriptions of Roles

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

5. Commissioning Process
5.1 Commissioning Scoping Meeting
5.2 Final Commissioning Plan—Construction Phase
5.3 Site Observation
5.4 Meetings
5.5 Management Protocols
5.6 Progress Reporting and Logs
5.7 N/A
5.8 Prefunctional Checklists, Tests and Startup
5.9 Development of Functional Test and Verification Procedures
5.10 Execution of Functional Testing Procedures
5.11 N/A
5.12 N/A
5.13 N/A

7. Schedule
7.1 General Issues
7.2 Project Schedule

General
LEED Functional Commissioning Outline

1. Overview

1.1 Abbreviations and Definitions


The following are common abbreviations used in this document.
A/E- Architect and design engineers FT- Functional Performance Test
CA or Commissioning authority GC or CM General contractor
CxA
BAS- Controls contractor MC- Mechanical contractor
ATC
CM or Construction Manager Mfr- Manufacturer
GC
Cx- Commissioning PC- Prefunctional Checklist
Cx Plan- Commissioning Plan document Subs- Subcontractors to General
EC- Electrical contractor TAB- Test and Balance Contractor

1.2 Purpose of The Commissioning Plan


The purpose of the commissioning plan is to provide direction for the commissioning process, particularly
providing resolution for issues and providing details that cannot be, or were not, fully developed during
design, such as scheduling, participation of various parties of this particular project, actual lines of report-
ing and approvals, coordination, etc. This plan does not provide a detailed explanation of required testing
procedures. The detailed testing requirements and procedures will be developed from the equipment
manufacturers start-up procedures and recommendations and from the project specifications.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 5


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

1.3 Commissioning Scope


Commissioning is a systematic process of ensuring that all building systems perform interactively accord-
ing to the design intent and the owner’s operational needs. The commissioning process for a LEED pro-
ject focuses on the performance of systems related to LEED prerequisites and credits.

Commissioning during the construction of this project is intended to achieve the following specific objec-
tives:
According to the Contract Documents:

Ensure that applicable equipment and systems are installed properly and receive adequate start-up and
operational checkout by installing contractors.
Verify the design meets LEED and Owner intent.
Verify and document proper performance of equipment and systems.

1.4 Commissioned Systems


The following systems will be commissioned in this project. All general references to equipment in this
document refer only to equipment that is to be commissioned.

Preliminary List of Systems to be Commissioned

• Building Automation System (BAS)

• Building Exhaust Systems

• Hydronic Hot Water Heating System

• Chilled Water System

• D/X Systems

• Mis. Heating Units

• Fan Coil Units

• Energy Recovery System

• VAV Terminals

• Domestic Hot Water Systems

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 6


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

• Lighting Controls

1.5 N/A

2. General Building Information


Project: Georgetown Library

Building Type: Recreation Center


Number of stories: 4
Const. Period: 1 year

3. Construction/Cx Team Data (primary parties)


TO BE COMPLETED AT AWARD OF PROJECT
Team Member Company, Address &
Contact Information
Contact Names

District Of Columbia Public Li-


Owner brary

Project Manager

General Contractor

Site Contact

Allen & Shariff Corporation Fax: 410-381-7110


Commissioning Company 7061 Deepage Drive
Columbia, MD 21045
Commissioning Authority Warren Isaac Office: 443-656-1056
Cell: 410-340-5363
Email: wisaac@allenshariff.com

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

Martinez & Johnson Architecture


Architect & Planners

Project Manager

Project Architect

John J Christie & associates


MEP Designers & Engineers

Project Manager

Mechanical Contractor

Site Contact

Plumbing Contractor

Site Contact

Electrical Contractor

Site Contact

TAB Contractor

Site Contact

BAS/ATC Contractor

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 8


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

Site Contact

4. Roles and Responsibilities

4.1 Team Members


The members of the commissioning team consist of the Owner’s representative, CxA, assigned members
of the GC, A/E (particularly the mechanical engineer), the mechanical contractor, plumbing contractor,
and any other installing subcontractors or suppliers of equipment. If known, the Owner’s building engi-
neer is also a member of the commissioning team.

All contractor personnel on the commissioning team are to make themselves familiar with
LEED NC 2.2 Prerequisite 1 EA commissioning process.

4.2 General Management Plan


The CxA responsibilities are directly to the Owner. In general, the CxA coordinates the commissioning
activities and reports to the Owner through the Architect. The CxA’s responsibilities, along with all other
contractors’ commissioning responsibilities are detailed in the Cx plan portion of the specifications. All
members of the Cx Team are to work together to fulfill their contracted responsibilities and meet the ob-
jectives of the Contract Documents. Refer to the management protocols section below.

4.3 General Descriptions of Roles


General descriptions of the commissioning roles are as follows:
CxA : Coordinates the Cx process, writes tests, oversees and documents performance tests
GC : Facilitates the Cx process, ensures that Subs perform their responsibilities and integrates Cx into
the construction process and schedule
Subs : Demonstrate proper system performance and provide all necessary equipment for testing
A/E : Perform construction observation, approve O&M manuals and assist in resolving problems
Mfr. : The equipment manufacturers and vendors provide documentation to facilitate the commissioning
work and perform contracted equipment startup

5. Commissioning Process
This section sequentially details the commissioning process by commissioning task or activity.

5.1 Commissioning Scoping Meeting


A commissioning scoping meeting is planned and conducted by the CxA. In attendance are the represen-
tatives of the Owner, GC, A/E and the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing contractors. At the meeting,
commissioning parties are introduced, the commissioning process is reviewed, and management and re-
porting lines are determined. The flow of documents, how much submittal data the CxA will receive, etc.
are also discussed. The Cx Plan is reviewed, process questions are addressed, lines of reporting and

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 9


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

communications determined and the work products list is discussed. Also covered are the general list of
each party’s responsibilities, which party is responsible to develop the startup plan for each piece of
equipment and the proposed commissioning schedule. The outcome of the meeting is to increased under-
standing by all parties of the commissioning process and their respective responsibilities. The meeting
provides the CxA additional information needed to finalize or modify the Cx Plan, including the commis-
sioning schedule. Prior to this meeting the CxA is given all drawings and specifications and the construc-
tion schedule by trade. The GC is responsible for taking meeting minutes and distribute them to each
team member.

5.2 Final Commissioning Plan--Construction Phase


The CxA finalizes the Cx Plan using the information gathered from the scoping meeting. The initial
commissioning schedule is also developed along with a detailed timeline. The timeline is fine-tuned as
construction progresses. In particular, 60 days prior to startup of the primary equipment, the CxA meets
with the GC and develops a detailed commissioning schedule. The CxA approves the commissioning
plan. Updates to the Cx Plan by the CxA, is an ongoing process throughout project construction.

5.3 Site Observation


The CxA make periodic visits to the site, as necessary and per the Cx contract, to witness equipment and
system installations.

5.4 Meetings
The CxA may attend selected planning and job-site meetings at their prerogative, in order to remain in-
formed on construction progress and to update parties involved in commissioning. The GC is to provide
the CxA with information regarding substitutions, change orders and any Architect’s Supplemental
Instructions (ASI) that may affect commissioning equipment, systems or the commissioning schedule.
The CA may review construction-meeting minutes, change orders or ASI's for the same purpose. Later
during construction, necessary meetings between various commissioning team parties will be scheduled
by the as required by the CxA, through the GC.

5.5 Management Protocols


The following protocols will be used on this project.

Issue Protocol
For requests for information (RFI) or The CxA goes first: __x_ direct to A/E, ___through the GC,
formal documentation requests:
For minor or verbal information and The CxA goes direct to the informed party.
clarifications:
For notifying contractors of deficien- The CxA documents deficiencies through the GC, but may dis-
cies: cuss deficiency issues with contractors prior to notifying the GC.
For scheduling functional tests or The CxA may provide input for some coordination of training
training: and testing, but does not do any scheduling.
For scheduling commissioning meet- The CxA selects the date and schedules through the:
ings: __x_GC.
___The CA schedules and notifies attendees directly.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 10


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

For making a request for significant The CxA has no authority to issue change orders.
changes:

For making small changes in specified The CxA may not make changes to specified sequences without
sequences of operations: approval from the A/E.

Subcontractors disagreeing with re- Try and resolve with the CxA first. Then work through GC who
quests or interpretations by the CxA will work with CxA directly to resolve the situation.
shall:
______________________________ ____________________________________________________
___ _____
______________________________ ____________________________________________________
___ _____

5.6 Progress Reporting and Logs


At the beginning of construction, the GC provides the CxA with monthly progress reports. Thirty (30)
days prior to the startup of the first piece of major equipment, the frequency of progress reports is in-
creased to twice per month, until startup is completed. Thirty (30) days before Prefunctional or Functional
testing of equipment begins, weekly progress reports are required until testing and all non-conformance
issues are resolved. The CxA may adjust the reporting frequency as needed. The progress reports con-
tain, an update of the schedule with list of requested schedule changes and new items added to the sched-
ule, a list of new and outstanding deficiencies, a description of commissioning progress corresponding to
the plan, etc. The CxA keeps a log of all commissioning-related issues that require current or future at-
tention. The CxA regularly communicates with all members of the commissioning team, keeping them
apprised of commissioning progress and scheduling issues through memos, progress reports, etc.. The
CxA will keep all commissioning materials in an organized notebook.

5.7 Initial Submittals and Documentation

N/A

5.8 Prefunctional Checklists, Tests and Startup


Prefunctional checklists (PC) are important to ensure that the equipment and systems are installed and
operational and that Functional Performance Testing may proceed without unnecessary delays. Each
piece of equipment receives full prefunctional checkout by the Contractor. No sampling strategies are
used. In general, the prefunctional testing for a given system must be successfully completed prior to
formal functional performance testing of equipment or subsystems of the given system.
Prefunctional checklists are primarily static inspections and procedures to prepare the equipment or sys-
tem for initial operation (e.g., oil levels OK, fan belt tension, labels affixed, gages in place, sensor calibra-
tion, etc.). However, some prefunctional checklist items entail simple testing of the function of a compo-
nent, a piece of equipment or system (such as measuring the voltage imbalance on a three phase pump
motor of a chiller system). The word prefunctional refers to before functional testing. Prefunctional
checklists augment and are combined with the manufacturer’s start-up checklist.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 11


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

Contractors typically already perform some, if not many, of the prefunctional checklist items the commis-
sioning authority will recommend. However, few contractors document in writing the execution of these
checklist items. This project requires that the procedures be documented in writing by the installing tech-
nician. The CxA does not witness much of the prefunctional check listing, except for testing of larger or
more critical pieces of equipment and some spot-checking. CONTRACTOR IS TO SUBMIT TO THE
CxA THEIR PREFUNCTIONAL STARTUP DOCUMENT FORMS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT
4 WEEKS PRIOR TO STARTING SYSTEMS.

5.8.1 Start-up Plan


The CxA assists the commissioning team members responsible for startup in developing detailed start-up
plans for all equipment. The parties responsible for each part of startup and initial checkout are noted on
the prefunctional checklists.

The following procedures will be used for this project: (the contractor is responsible for the plan devel-
opment):
The CxA adapts and enhances, if necessary, the representative prefunctional checklists (PC) and proce-
dures, and develops original lists, as necessary.
The CxA transmits them to the GC who designates which trade or contractor is responsible to fill out each
line item on the Prefunctional Checklist from the CxA. The GC then transmits the checklist to the re-
sponsible Subs.
The Sub designated to develop the Start-up Plan obtains manufacturer installation, start-up and checkout
data, including actual field checkout sheets used by the field technicians.
The Sub copies all pages with important instructional data and procedures (not covered in manufacturer
field checkout sheets) from the start-up and checkout manuals and adds a signature line in the column by
each procedure.
The copied pages, along with the prefunctional checklist provided by the GC (originally from the CxA)
and the manufacturer field checkout sheets become the “Start-up and Checkout Plan.”
For systems that may not have adequate manufacturer start-up and checkout procedures, particularly for
components being integrated with other equipment, the Sub should provide the added necessary detail and
documenting format to the CxA for approval, prior to execution.
The Sub transmits the full Start-up Plan to the CxA for review and approval.
The CxA reviews and approves the procedures and the format for documenting them and noting any pro-
cedures that need to be added, and conveys to the GC. The GC then transmits the full start-up plan to the
Subs for their review and use. (This usually means that the Prefunctional Checklist, alone, will go to more
than one Sub, while the full plan will go to the primary installing contractor.)

5.8.2 Execution of Checklists and Startup


Four weeks prior to startup, the Subs and vendors schedule startup and initial checkout with the GC and
CxA. The startup and initial checkout are directed and executed by the Sub or vendor. The CxA, and GC
if necessary, observes, at minimum, the procedures for each piece of primary equipment, unless there are
multiples. For components of equipment, (e.g., condensing units), the CxA observes a portion of the pre-
functional and start-up procedures. To document the process of startup and checkout, the site technician
performing the line item task initials and dates each paragraph of procedures in the “Startup Plan” and

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 12


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

checks off items on the prefunctional and manufacturer field checkout sheets, as they are completed.
Only individuals having direct knowledge of a line item being completed shall check or initial the forms.
The Subs and vendors execute the checklists and tests and submit a signed copy of the completed start-up
and prefunctional tests and checklists to the CxA. The CxA may review prefunctional checklists in pro-
gress, as necessary.

5.8.3 Sampling Strategy for CxA Observation of Prefunctional Checkout and Startup
At the discretion of the CxA a small percentage of equipment as determined by the CxA shall be wit-
nessed during prefunctional checkout and startup.

5.8.4 Deficiencies and Non-Conformance


The Subs clearly list any outstanding items of the initial start-up and prefunctional procedures that were
not completed successfully at the bottom of the prefunctional test form. The information for the deficien-
cies are provided to the CxA within two days of test completion. The CxA works with the Contractors,
Subs and vendors to correct and retest deficiencies or uncompleted items, involving the GC and others as
necessary. The installing Subs or vendors correct all areas that are deficient or incomplete according to
the checklists and tests. The GC recommends approval of the startup and initial checkout of each system
to the CxA when complete. The CxA does not document approval for individual equipment or systems,
and does not negate ongoing design issues or punch list items.

5.8.5 TAB
The TAB contractor submits the outline of the TAB plan and approach to the CxA and the controls con-
tractor four weeks prior to starting the TAB. The CxA reviews the plan and approach for understanding
and coordination issues and may comment, but does not “approve.” The TAB submits weekly written
reports of discrepancies, contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests to the CxA and GC.
This facilitates quicker resolution of problems and will result in a more complete TAB before functional
testing begins. TAB work shall be coordinated with the Control and Mechanical Contractors to assure
systems can be properly balanced. Any system which is being scheduled by the GC to be balanced, but
can not be properly balanced for what ever reason at the requested time should be refused and reported to
the CxA. Project schedules are very important, but not at the expense of a properly balanced system.

5.8.6 Controls Checkout Plan


The controls contractor is to develop and submit a written step-by-step plan to the CxA, which describes
the process they intend to follow in verifying proper performance of the control system, and the forms on
which they will document the process. The controls contractor will also meet with the TAB contractor
prior to the start of TAB and review the TAB plan to determine the capabilities of the control system for
use in TAB. The controls contractor shall also provide a technician qualified to operate the controls to
assist the TAB contractor in performing TAB. The controls contractor shall verify proper operation and
document of each field installed control devise, connecting wiring and front-end system. Accuracy of sen-
sors and point to point testing shall be verified and documented prior to functional testing.
The controls contractor shall be an active participant for all Functional Testing.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 13


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

5.9 Development of Functional Test and Verification Procedures

5.9.1 Overview
Functional testing is the dynamic testing of systems (rather than just components) under full operation.
Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, compo-
nent failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, fire alarm, power failure, etc. The systems
are run through all of the control system’s sequences of operation and components are verified to be re-
sponding as the sequences state. The commissioning authority develops the functional test procedures in
a sequential written form, coordinates, oversees and documents the actual testing, which is performed by
the installing contractor or vendor. The CxA only is to witness and document the testing. All hands on is
performed by the contractor or their subs. Contractor is to supply all test equipment necessary to perform
the functional testing as outlined by the CxA.
The CxA shall have the authority to postpone functional testing if he feels the systems have not been
properly prepared for Functional Testing. It is then the contractor’s responsibility to retest systems as re-
quired.

5.9.2 Scope of Testing (Additional)


All specific testing requirements are to be included in the bid documents per the original specifications.

5.9.3 Development Process


Before test procedures are written, the CxA obtains all requested documentation and a current list of
change orders affecting equipment or systems, including an updated points list, control sequences and set
points. The CxA develops specific test procedures to verify proper operation of each piece of equipment
and system, using the testing requirements and the representative test procedure. The GC obtains clarifi-
cation, as needed, from contractors and the A/E regarding sequences and operation to develop these tests.
Prior to execution, the GC provides a copy of the primary equipment tests to the installing Sub who re-
views the tests for feasibility, safety, warranty and equipment protection. Functional testing and verifica-
tion may be achieved by manual testing (persons manipulate the equipment and observe performance) or
by monitoring the performance and analyzing the results using the control system’s trend log capabilities
or by stand-alone data loggers. The CxA shall determine which method is most appropriate.

5.9.4 Testing Plan Overview


To provide the contractors with a better idea of where functional testing lies in the schedule, what issues
are preventing the start of testing, which contractors are needed for each test and how much time might be
expected from them, Form for Commissioning Functional Testing Plan Overview, is used. This form is
filled out after most equipment has been started up and when functional testing dates are not too far off.
The form is provided to the Contractors to assist in moving more efficiently to functional testing. The
CxA must be updated with construction schedules.

5.10 Execution of Functional Testing Procedures

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 14


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

5.10.1 Overview and Process


The CxA schedules functional tests through the GC and affected Subs. For any given system, prior to
performing functional testing, the CxA waits until the prefunctional checklist has been submitted with the
necessary signatures, confirming that the system is ready for functional testing. The CxA oversees and
witnesses the functional testing as necessary, of equipment and systems according to the Cx Plan.
The Subs execute the tests. The control system is tested before it is used to verify performance of other
components or systems. The air balancing is completed before functional testing of air-related systems.
Testing proceeds from components to subsystems to systems and finally to interlocks and connections
between systems. Functional testing shall not take place prior to completed TAB work and report.

5.10.2 Deficiencies and Retesting


The CxA documents the results of the functional test. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified are
made during the tests at the discretion of the CxA. The CxA records the results of the test on the proce-
dure or test form. Deficiencies or non-conformance issues are noted and reported to the GC through Is-
sues Log. Subs correct deficiencies, notify the GC and return their copy of the log certifying correction.
The GC schedules retesting. Decisions regarding deficiencies and corrections are made at as low a level
as possible, preferably between GC and Sub. For areas in dispute, final authority, besides the Owner’s,
resides with the CxA and A/E. In the event that any scheduled equipment or system functional perform-
ance tests are terminated more than once because the CxA or mechanical engineer discover deficient or
incomplete work, or due to the non-attendance of required contractor or supplier personnel, the contractor
or subcontractor responsible for the termination shall also be responsible for paying reasonable costs of
time and travel expenses for the representatives who were physically present for the purpose of witness-
ing the start-up or test.

5.10.3 Facility Staff Participation


The Owner’s facilities operating staff are encouraged to attend and participate in the testing process. The
contractor is to document a list of personnel present to witness functional testing. This form does not de-
scribe their involvement in formal training. The GC will notify the CxA of who will attend, and then no-
tify the facility staff when the commissioning events will occur.

5.10.4 Sampling
Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or otherwise non-critical equipment may be functionally tested
using a sampling strategy. The CxA shall determine this sampling per past sampling success.

6. N/A

7. Schedule

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 15


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

7.1 General Issues

The following sequential priorities are followed:


Equipment is not “temporarily” started (for heating or cooling), until pre-start checklist items and all
manufacturers pre-start procedures are completed and moisture, dust and other environmental and build-
ing integrity issues have been addressed.
Functional testing is not begun until prefunctional and start-up and TAB is completed, for a given system.
The controls system and equipment it controls are not functionally tested until all points have been cali-
brated and pre-functional testing completed.
TAB is not performed until the controls system has been sufficiently functionally tested and approved by
the CxA for TAB work.
TAB is not performed until the envelope is completely enclosed and ceiling complete, unless the return is
ducted.

7.2 Project Schedule

The initial commissioning schedule is summarized in Table 7-1. A more detailed schedule is contained in
Form C-10, Detailed Commissioning Schedule

Table 7-1. Initial Commissioning Schedule Summary

TO BE COORDINATED WITH GC AT START OF PROJECT


Estimated Start Date
Task / Activity Estimated End Date
Initial scoping meeting and final plan
Submittals obtained and reviewed
Begin construction site visits/inspections
Prefunctional forms developed and distributed
Startup and initial checkout plans
Startup and initial checkout executed
TAB
Air
Temperature Testing
Functional performance tests
O&M documentation review and verification
Training and training verification
Final commissioning report
Seasonal testing, (If Necessary)

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 16


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

LEED Fundamental Commissioning Outline:

General:

The systems outlined in the specifications, project documents, and commissioning plan are to be fully
verified as functional working systems through the effort of the commissioning team with the leadership
of the Cx authority. The Cx process shall begin with a review and comment of the design concept, and
continue through the final operational verifications.
The system design review by the CxA is indented as a cursory review of the overall systems design to
verify that it meets the LEED criteria outlined for this project. The owner project requirements (OPR),
and the MEP bases of design (BOD) shall be reviewed for their intent and compatibility. All design issues
or recommendations shall be forwarded to the design team for their review and action as deemed appro-
priate.
As the project enters the construction phase the Cx authority shall meet with the Cx team, which shall
consist of but is not limited to the following professionals and tradesmen.

The commissioning is led by the Commissioning Authority (CxA), whom is acting on the owners behalf,
and is the lead person of the Cx team.
Owners Representative (OR), which may in some cases be the CxA
Building Operational Personnel (BOP),
Design Engineers (EA), Architect (AE)
General Contractor (GC)
Mechanical Contractor (MC)
Electrical Contractor (EC)
TAB Contractor (TAB)
Building Automation System Contractor (BAS)
Other professionals or tradesmen that may be necessary for the particular portion or scope of the project.

The intent is to have qualified personnel as members of the Cx team who have the authority to execute the
commissioning plan and who are dedicated to the LEED process and the owner’s objectives relative to
sustainability and green building design.
The construction process is the phase of the project, which obviously receives the major-
ity of attention during commissioning. A brief description of the intended process is to follow.
Equipment outlined in the Cx process is used for commissioning process description only, and
may not represent the actual/installed MEP devises and equipment used on this project. The de-
scription is generic in nature and is intended to create an understanding of the general construc-
tion commissioning process for the referenced project.
A general description of the Cx activities from the design phase through the construction
and acceptance phases is outlined for a general understanding of the commissioning LEED NC
2.2 prerequisite and enhanced commissioning activities required for this project. It is to be un-
derstood that the commissioning process requires a total team effort to be successful.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 17


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

Early Construction Phase:


During the early stages of construction, the CxA or commissioning team member(s) chosen by the
CxA, shall review the equipment submittals as they relate to the BOD and LEED requirements. The CxA
submittal review responsibilities are limited to LEED Cx requirements, with the final action/disposition
being the responsibility of the design team and/or owner.
The general contractor (GC) is to create a construction schedule during this phase of construction,
and issue the schedule to the entire commissioning team for review and comment. The schedule is to be
reevaluated by the GC and owner on a monthly (or more frequent) basis and submitted to the commis-
sioning team for review and Cx scheduling coordination purposes.
During the later part of this phase, the first of a series of commissioning meetings is to take place. The
first commissioning meeting shall be referred to as the commissioning “Kick Off “meeting. The kick off
meeting is to include a brief discussion of the commissioning plan, selection of the Cx team members and
review and discussion of the project schedule. The GC, through the direction of the CxA, shall have the
responsibility of scheduling all meetings throughout the entire construction and Cx process.

Construction Phase:
The construction phase is the project evolvement from early construction to the start of the acceptance
phase. During the construction phase, the CxA shall schedule commissioning meetings as necessary
through the GC. Meetings are to take place only in the event that the commissioning process is not being
followed properly, or if scheduling issues arise. A meeting shall be scheduled just prior to contractor
starting equipment designated as “Commissioned Equipment “(such as, HVAC , major electrical and
plumbing systems) for the first time. In lieu of non scheduled Cx meetings, most ongoing Cx related is-
sues may be addressed via phone conferences with the CxA. Meeting minutes generated from non-
commissioning meetings are to be submitted to the CxA within one week of the meeting. Minutes of
scheduled commissioning meetings shall be the responsibility of the CxA or someone appointed by the
CxA.
During construction, MEP systems testing is to be verified by designated member of the Cx team and
associated record documents shall be signed by both the contractor and the designated Cx team witness
and shall be submitted to the CxA within one week of testing. The test record shall be reviewed and in-
serted in the final commissioning report by the CxA. Test documents may also be required to be submit-
ted to the design engineer as specified.
Prior to startup of equipment, which is part of the construction phase, the contractor is to submit
manufacturer’s startup procedure documents to the CxA for review and comment. Further startup proce-
dures/requirements may be submitted from the CxA to the contractor in the form of prefunctional test
documents. This process is intended to ensure proper and safe system startup in preparation for successful
functional testing, which will take place during the acceptance phase of the project. It is of the greatest
importance that the contractor complete all startup document checklists for EACH piece of equipment and
submit them to the CxA within one week of successful equipment startup.
Once the equipment has been successfully started, and startup documents submitted to the CxA, the
control contractor is to perform the point to point checkout of the BAS system. The control contractor is
then to assist the TAB contractor in total system balance as outlined in the construction documents. Prior
to the BAS and the TAB contractor verification process, they are to submit their verification procedures
narrative to the CxA for review and comment. At the completion of the TAB system verification, the
TAB contractor is to also submit a copy of the balance report to the CxA for review. The CxA shall wit-
ness portions of the equipment startup and BAS/TAB verification processes’ on an unannounced basis,
and submit any issues that arise in writing to the architect for distribution.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 18


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC GMP SET

At this juncture of the project, the building should be 98% complete and close to readiness for occupancy.
The commissioning process should now to move to the acceptance phase.

Construction Acceptance Phase:


As we enter the acceptance phase of the project the building should be basically ready for occupancy.
Normal building utilities services are to be completely functional, and the contractor’s and architect’s
punch lists should be close to completion. The contractors shall have submitted all required documents
and verified readiness for systems functional testing. (Note: CxA is to receive all required startup docu-
ments at least three weeks prior to functional testing to allow adequate time for the creation of the func-
tional testing documents)
The CxA shall then create the functional test procedures for all systems outlined in the commission-
ing plan and specifications. Functional testing shall include all normal, emergency, and failure modes of
operation. Functional testing shall verify all control point to point operations and the TAB results on a
random sampling basis. The CxA shall only witness and document the functional testing. The appointed
commissioning team contractor technician or factory representative, shall perform the actual testing of the
systems. This may require multiple commissioning team members, such as, contractor technicians from
the mechanical, electrical, BAS, TAB, GC, ect., as needed for each system to be tested. Some systems
under functional testing may require only a portion of the systems to be tested, such as, multiple small
systems like VAV’s or small split D/X equipment. These systems shall be tested on a representative sam-
pling basis of total systems of the same type. These systems shall be tested at the discretion of the CxA
until a satisfactory quantity of systems is successfully demonstrated.
It is recommended that building maintenance personnel be present during functional testing to aid in their
knowledge of operation of the systems. Systems, which cannot be satisfactorily functionally tested due to
weather conditions, are to be rescheduled at a date and time that is more advantages for testing. All Cx
team members are required to perform such seasonal testing as part of this Cx project.
CxA shall prepare and submit final Cx report documenting the Cx process up to this point.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 19


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 01820 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's


personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.


2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and


training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times,
length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include
learning objective and outline for each training module.

1. Indicate proposed training modules utilizing manufacturer-produced


demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and
products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Demonstration and Training : Submit six copies within seven days of end of each
training module.

1. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating


maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that
indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with


requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation
and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with


requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review
methods and procedures related to demonstration and training.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required


to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.

B. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation,


and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training


modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by
individual Specification Sections.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to
master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the
system, equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the


following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.


b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design
responsibility.
c. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals.
b. Operations manuals.
c. Maintenance manuals.
d. Project record documents.
e. Identification systems.
f. Warranties and bonds.
g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error


messages.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and
reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and


training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in
coordination with requirements in Division 1 Section "Operations and Maintenance
Data."

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training


modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner
for number of participants, instruction times, and location.

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and


maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

1. Contractor will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design,


operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that


requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner , through Construction Manager, with at least


seven days' advance notice.

D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each


participant's mastery of module by use of a written performance-based test.

END OF SECTION 01820

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.


2. Shelf angles.
3. Metal ladders.
4. Metal floor plate and supports.
5. Loose bearing and leveling plates.

B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section:

1. Loose steel lintels.


2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts
indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry.
3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling,
opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other
detrimental effects.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Prefabricated building columns.


2. Metal nosings and treads.
3. Paint products.
4. Grout.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1: Indicating percentages by weight of


postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled
content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled
content.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 1/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METALS, GENERAL

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without
blemishes.

2.2 FERROUS METALS

A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with average recycled content
of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer
recycled content is not less than 20 percent.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.

D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.

E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise
indicated.

F. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with
MFMA-4.

1. Size of Channels: As indicated.


2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, commercial steel, Type B, with
G90 coating; 0.108-inch nominal thickness.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for
exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or
ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls.

B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless


otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable
iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all
hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

C. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors .

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply


with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy
Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

D. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts)


complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or
studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with
temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to
comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.

B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd


primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

C. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.

D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20


and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

F. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,


nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

G. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for


normal-weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3000 psi.

2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use
connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

E. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 24 inches o.c.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed
to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless
otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as
necessary to receive adjacent construction.

2.7 SHELF ANGLES

A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to
concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch bolts, spaced
not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup
masonry and concrete.

C. Galvanize shelf angles located in exterior walls.

D. Prime shelf angles located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer.

E. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to
cast-in-place concrete.

2.8 METAL LADDERS

A. General:
1. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1.

B. Steel Ladders:
1. Space siderails of elevator pit ladders 12 inches apart.
2. Siderails: Continuous, 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars, with eased edges.
3. Rungs: 1-inch- diameter steel bars.
4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces.
5. Provide nonslip abrasive surfaces on top of each rung.
6. Prime ladders, including brackets and fasteners, with zinc-rich primer.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2.9 METAL FLOOR PLATE

A. Fabricate from rolled-steel floor plate.

1. Thickness: As indicated.

B. Provide steel angle supports as indicated.

2.10 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or
concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.

2.11 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS

A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for
openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.

B. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls.

C. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer.

2.12 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES

A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items
supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each
unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in
concrete.

2.13 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.14 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M
for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron
products.

B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be
embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise
indicated.

1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless zinc-rich primer is indicated.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 5/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements


indicated below:

1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."


2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3,
"Commercial Blast Cleaning."

D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application
Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment,
and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and
measured from established lines and levels.

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections
that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping
size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where


metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

3.2 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and


roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.

B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing
members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove
wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before
packing with grout.

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

C. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted
surfaces.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION 05500

METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 7/7


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 11054 - LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes


1. Cantilever bracket metal library stack shelving system

1.2 PRE-APPROVED MANUFACTURES

A. Spacesaver Corporation, Fort Atkinson, Wisconsin

The above manufacturer is pre-approved by the Owner as meeting the quality, features
and components required. Other manufacturers offering products which are equal to
or exceed these requirements may submit product information for approval.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Seismic requirements: Shelving units must meet, or be modified by the manufacturer


to meet local seismic code requirements. Contractor to provide an affidavit certifying
that the installation meets or exceeds current local seismic code requirements.

B. Plumbness of shelving units: 1/8” maximum deviation between level of bottom shelf
and canopy top, measured on the edge of any upright in any direction.

C. Resistance of shelving units to lateral loads: 1/4” maximum deflection from vertical
under a horizontal force of 100# at top of upright. Permanent set after load is removed
shall not be more than 1/8 of an inch.

D. Deflection of uprights under load: Maximum deflection of upright in any direction with
all shelves evenly spaced and all shelves on one side of the range evenly loaded at
50# per lineal shelf foot shall not exceed 1.00” at top of upright. Permanent set after
lad is removed shall not be more that 1/8 of an inch.

E. Shelf loading and deflection: Shelves shall support loads of 50# per lineal shelf foot
without deflection in excess of 3/16” and without permanent set after load is removed.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details.

C. Samples: For shelving, uprights, and accessories.

D. Maintenance data.

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

E. Warranty (see 1.6 below).

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be trained and approved by manufacturer, with a


minimum of two years experience installing the specified library shelving system.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain library stack system and all components through one
source from a single manufacturer.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to


repair or replace components of library stack system that fail in materials or
workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and
other materials beyond normal wear.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish 5 percent of amount of shelf units installed for each size and type indicated,
but no fewer than 10 units.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STEEL MATERIALS

A. Steel Sheet: Uncoated, cold-rolled, steel sheet substrate complying with


ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.

2.2 STEEL BRACKET SHELVING

A. Steel Bracket Library Shelving: Shelving consisting of two upright support columns per
section, with adjustable shelves cantilever-hung by brackets on one or both sides of
uprights, and complying with ANSI Z39.73.

B. Upright Post Frames: Welded

1. Upright Posts: Vertical upright columns, minimum 14 gauge steel, 2” deep with a
1-1/4” face with 1/2” return flanges. The uprights are fully welded to a tubular top
spreader and a channel bottom spreader. The uprights shall have shelf
attachment slots on 1 inch increments the entire length of the uprights. Uprights
shall include location indicators the length of upright on 6” centers.

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Spreaders: Top spreader shall be a minimum of 14 gauge steel tube 2-1/2” tall
and 1” wide. The bottom spreader channel shall be minimum 16 gauge channel.

C. Base Supports: The support shall be minimum of 14 gauge steel and provide lateral
unit stability.

D. Leveler Kits: Single and double faced as required, with 3/8-1i6 UNC cage nuts and
levelers held by the base support.

E. Base Shelves: One-piece shelves with integral back stops, 18 gauge cold-rolled steel,
designed to fit snugly around upright columns, with kick plate 3 inches high. Provide
sloped units unless indicated otherwise. Provide 2 brackets per base shelf.

F. Adjustable Steel Shelves: Manufacturer’s standard shelves, minimum 18 gauge cold-


rolled steel. The front edge shall consist of three 90 degree bends to form a shelf
thickness of 3/4”. The rear edge of the shelf shall be upturned 2 inches to form a shelf
backstop unless otherwise noted.

G. Shelf End Brackets: Minimum 16 gauge steel of a depth not less that that of the shelf
on which they are used, and shall extend not less than 6” above the top surface of the
shelf. The upper front corner shall have a minimum radius of 1”. Shelf brackets shall
have a minimum of two hooks at the top for engaging into the upright posts and one
safety lug to prevent accidental dislodgement at the bottom.

H. End Panels and Canopy Tops: Wood end panels and canopy tops are covered in
Section 06410 – Architectural Wood Casework.

I. Bookstack Unit Types

1. Type: Single-faced and Double-faced units as shown.


2. Frame Style: Welded Upright Post Frame.
3. Width: 36 inches unless otherwise noted.
4. Height: Manufacturers standard heights of 42 inches, 66 inches, 78 inches and
84 inches.
5. Number of Shelves: Two, Four, Five, or Six adjustable shelves depending on unit
height; one sloping base shelf.
6. Shelf Depth: 8 inches, 9 inches, 10 inches or 12 inches nominal as shown.
7. Shelf Types:

a. Flat with low integral backstops.


b. Sloping with integral backstops.
c. Adjustable divider with integral backstops.
d. Fixed periodical.
e. Hinged periodical.
f. Zigzag paperback shelf.
g. Cascade newspaper display.
h. Horizontal newspaper display.
i. Multimedia browser bin.
j. Media shelf tier.
k. Videocassette shelf.

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

l. Hinged flipper door unit.


m. Bag rack.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Findable Book Supports: Unattached book support, 6 inches high, with cork pad on
bottom, for use on shelf surface.

1. Provide two per shelf.

2.4 STEEL FINISHES

A. All components to be painted with an electrostatically applied Powder Coat Finish.


Color to be “Frost”.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Clean all finished flooring over which shelving is to be installed.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install library stack systems according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Level library stack units with integral adjustable leveling devices to a tolerance of 1/8
inch in 96 inches for level and plumb.

C. Install using anchorage or bracing as recommended by manufacturer and as required


for stability.

D. Install shelves at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, at equal spacing in each unit.
Insure that ADA clearance requirements are met.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Clean all library stack shelving units and all components.

END OF SECTION 11054

LIBRARY STACK SYSTEMS 11054 - 4/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 

SECTION 11130 – AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. General: Comply with all Contract Documents, including Divisions 0, 1, and 15 of the general
contract specifications.

B. Statement of Work: the work of this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to the
following:

1. Provide and install complete and operational Audiovisual System(s) as outlined in these
specifications and related drawings and documentation requirements as set forth in this
documentation.
2. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all wiring, plates, connections, and
miscellaneous equipment for complete and operational System(s) even if specified in
this or other related documents or not.

C. Coordination, provision, installation, inspection, testing, instruction, and warranties of the


Audiovisual System(s).

D. All facilities, materials, equipment, transportation, and necessary labor for a complete and
operational Audiovisual System(s).

E. Additional section information:

1. Required licenses and permits including any required bonding or insurance


requirements that comply with general conditions of specifications and contract
documentation.
2. Verification of dimensions and conditions at the job site.
3. Installation in accordance with the contract documentation, applicable installation
procedures or codes as set forth by the state or county of the project or manufacturers’
recommendations.
4. Submittal information and provisions.
5. Documented Audiovisual System(s) testing procedures.
6. Instruction of operating personnel.
7. Manuals and provisions thereof.
8. Maintenance and warranties.

F. Definitions:

1. “Contractor” – Installer who has been awarded the contract to perform the work.
2. The term “shall” is mandatory, the term “will” is informative, and the term “should” is
advisory.
3. “Provide and install” – To supply, install, and connect up complete and ready for safe
and regular operation.
4. “Indicated”, “shown”, or “noted” – As indicated, shown, or noted on drawings or
specifications.
5. “Equivalent”, “similar”, or “equal” – Of base bid manufacturer, equal in materials, size,
color, design, and efficiency of specified product, conforming to base bid
manufacturers.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 1 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
6. “Reviewed”, “satisfactory”, “accepted”, “approved”, “directed” – As reviewed,
satisfactory, accepted, approved, or directed by the Owner.
7. “Professional grade” – Equipment that is intended for commercial, not residential, use
and is rated for continuous duty.
8. “User-friendly controls” – Controls that are designed and laid out for ease of use in a
logical, easily recognizable, format that utilizes industry standard symbols wherever
applicable.
9. “Labels” – All labels on audio-visual equipment and racks shall be self-adhering black
laminate with white engraved letters as specified in Sections 3.03 and 3.04.

G. Below is a listing of specification standards, tests, or recommended installation methods and


procedures or applicable installation or safety codes.

1. National Electrical Code (NEC)


2. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA)
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
4. Electronics Industries Association (E.I.A.)
5. American National Safety Institute (ANSI)
6. Audiovisual System Engineering, by Davis and Davis Second Edition published by
SAMS

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall provide Audiovisual System(s) compatible with the Owner’s
communications systems (i.e. telephone, video, and computer systems) and operations.

B. The Contractor shall provide equipment that, where required, shall conform to the applicable
requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., local codes, the National Electrical Code
and any other governing codes. Such items shall bear a label or mark indicating their
conformance to the above requirements.

C. The Contractor shall provide complete and operational system(s) configured and installed for
user-friendly operation and low maintenance. On-site factory technical support shall be
provided if necessary, to assure performance.

D. The Contractor shall restore finish hardware to original condition including painting, ceiling
modifications, and attachments.

E. Work shall be in compliance with all applicable standards listed above and all governing
codes and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and the Contract Documents.

F. Coordinate exact location and installation of the equipment, power, conduit, and raceway
systems with the Owner and electrical contractor.

1.3 SYSTEM(S) DESCRIPTION AND REQUIREMENTS

A. The following is a basic system(s) description and is not intended to be exhaustive in nature
and is not complete for proper installation or operation of system(s). The AV specification
and the AV drawings need to be fully reviewed together to ensure that the design intent and
list of design intent equipment is completely covered.

1. The Public Meeting Room is an easy to operate audio visual system with a recessed,
ceiling mounted, front projection screen at the front of the room. The system will include

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 2 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
one wireless microphone, a CD/MP3 player, and six microphone inputs located
throughout the room as shown on the TA drawings. Each input shall be split through a
distribution amplifier and sent to an analog mixer and an automixer for easy automated
operation. A button control panel shall be located at the rear of the room in order to
control the projection screen, CD player, and basic audio controls. A press plate shall
be located at the rear of the room as shown in the AV drawings.
2. The Lobby shall have a 32” portrait oriented, wall mounted, flat panel video screen for
public information display. The Pre-function area shall have a 32” portrait oriented,
ceiling mounted flat panel video screen for public information display. The Pre-function
flat panel will be housed in a custom wood enclosure. Graphics still store and DVD
player will be located in a rack in the information desk area.
3. The Children’s Program area shall have a recessed ceiling mounted, front projection
screen.
4. The Staff Lounge shall have a 32” wall mounted flat panel video screen with external
speakers. The system will include a DVD player located in the information desk area.
5. A separate 70 Volt general paging system shall be installed in the building for coverage
of the public areas and hallways. Paging shall be utilized via the phone system and
shall interface with the phone system as appropriate for easy use from any handset.
The speaker locations are shown on the drawings and each floor shall have its own
zone. The paging equipment shall be located on the third floor in the Technology Room.
General paging shall be muted in the Public Meeting Room when the AV systems are in
use.
6. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and installation for all
conduit, outlet boxes, raceway and floor boxes suitable for installation of the Audio and
Video device locations as shown on the AV drawings. This would also include all power
circuits notated; coordinate with the electrical and data drawings. The AV contractor
will be responsible for providing and installing the AV equipment and AV cabling as
noted in this specification.

1.4 RELATED WORK

A. Conduits:

1. Review all conduit runs, junction boxes, and electrical outlets provided and installed by
the electrical contractor and provide fit-up drawings based on these.
2. Verify and inspect rough-in of all necessary conduits and outlets.
3. Provide a written acceptance of all field conditions or a list of any discrepancies within
ten (10) working days from Notice to Proceed.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. The Contractor shall carefully control handling and installation of all items which are not
immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware or
equipment losses before, during, and after installation. The Contractor is responsible for all
items until Final Acceptance.

B. The Contractor shall, prior to installation, protect exposed surfaces with material which is
easily removed without marring finishes.

C. The Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner, replace any products damaged during
storage or handling.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 3 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
1.6 SCHEDULING

A. The Contractor shall submit a schedule to the Owner for approval. The schedule shall show
sequence of work, etc. from time of Notice to Proceed to final sign off of project. This
schedule shall be submitted on Microsoft Project, both paper and electronic format, with
submittals.

B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the installation of the system(s) to
be compatible with the work of the other trades. The Contractor shall attend weekly progress
meetings and provide continuous on-site project management.

C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to arrange with the Owner a mutually
acceptable time for Acceptance Testing, based upon the dates provided in the Solicitation.

D. The Contractor shall provide operating personnel with extensive training for each system
type and room type as outlined in Section 1.03.

1.7 BID/TECHNICAL PROPOSALS

A. A pre-bid site visit will be utilized to allow the contractor to see the current jobsite conditions.
This meeting will be scheduled in advance with the Owner.

B. The Contractor shall be experienced in the provision of systems similar in complexity to


those required for this project and shall at least meet the following criteria:

1. The primary business of the Contractor/Installer shall be the installation of audio or


video systems.
2. At least five (5) years experience with the specified equipment and systems.
3. Experience with at least one project of similar size and complexity as outlined in these
specifications.
4. Be a franchised dealer and service facility for the products furnished.
5. Maintain a fully staffed installation crew and service crew for maintenance and
installation of the specified system(s).
6. Lead Installer shall have attended factory trained DSP and digital format classes for
equipment specified in this specification.
7. Audiovisual System(s) shall be approved by the Owner, Architect and Consultant.
8. At the request of the Owner, Contractor shall demonstrate that he has:
a) Adequate facilities and equipment for this work.
b) Adequate staff with the appropriate technical expertise and experience for
this project.

C. Provide a list of five (5) references with locations, names of contacts, and contact phone
information with brief system descriptions and dollar amounts for each reference.
References shall be no more than three (3) years old.

D. A detailed equipment list in Microsoft Excel format (both hard copy and disk) showing Item
Number, Item Description, Manufacturer, Part Number, Quantity, Heat (BTU/hr.), Power
(Watts), Weight, and Price. Include manufacturer’s specification sheets for each piece
submitted. This shall be generated from this document and related drawings.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 4 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
A. Provide the following for approval thirty days after Notice to Proceed and prior to
commencement of work:

1. A complete list of all products to be incorporated within the work with all quantities
listed. Each product shall be listed with specification section references in Excel format.
2. Complete functional diagrams of each system required for a complete and operational
system with descriptive narratives of any deviations from the specified system design.
3. All shop drawings as defined in the section.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Shall not be smaller than 24”x36” and shall be sized as appropriate for thorough
understanding of system(s).
2. Shall be scaled appropriately but not less than 1/8” =1’.
3. Shall show detailed schematic wiring diagrams showing interconnection of Contractor-
provided components and fabricated products, wiring and cabling diagrams depicting
cable types, and device designators. Each component shall have a unique designator
and use same designator throughout the project.
4. Shall show location of all equipment in racks, consoles, or on tables, with complete
dimensions, wire routing, and cabling within housing.
5. Shall show all A.C. power outlet locations and terminal strip locations within each
equipment rack.
6. Shall show plans and sections of the building and adjacent grounds with the location of
all installed equipment such as loudspeakers, racks, consoles, plates/panels, antennas,
(etc.).
7. Shall show patch panel layouts and labeling strips, including color schemes, as
necessary.
8. Shall show full fabrication detail of custom enclosures and millwork indicating
dimensions, material, finish, and openings for equipment.
9. Shall show all speaker mounting details including hardware types and load capacity.
Structural information with design calculations and a copy of the PE’s certifications for
each item/drawing.
10. Shall provide complete drawings for all fabricated plates and panels. Drawings shall
include dimensional locations of components, component type, engraving information,
plate color information, and a complete bill of materials for each plate.
11. Shall show complete labeling schemes for all cabling and equipment components for
project. Include font size and styles along with a sample cable label and equipment
label. All labeling shall be consistent within the project scope.
12. Shall show a complete wire schedule showing source and destination and indicating
conduit location and sizing. Provide conduit sizing and layout with at least a 20%
oversize for project utilization for future system growth.
13. Shall show a complete conduit riser and associated conduit plans for a complete
conduit system. Include a Junction Box schedule showing type, size, mounting style,
and location of each box.

C. Submittal Format:

1. Each submittal shall be in three-ring binders no larger than 3” spines and sized for
150% of material enclosed. Use multiple volumes if necessary.
2. Arrange product data in alphanumeric order.
3. Separate major groupings with labeled binder tabs.
4. Index product data sheets by manufacturer and model or part number.
5. Each submittal shall include a unique numbering scheme and be numbered in
consecutive order.
6. Reference addendum or change order numbers as applicable.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 5 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
7. Reference specification section, part, article, paragraph, and/or drawing reference as
applicable.
8. Each submittal shall include a complete table of contents with the following information:
a) Project title and number.
b) Submittal number.
c) Date of submission.

1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Verify conditions on the job site applicable to this work. Notify Owner’s Representative in
writing of discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions promptly upon discovery.

B. If conditions exist on the jobsite which make it impossible to install work as shown on the
drawings or detailed in the specifications, recommend solutions and submit drawings
showing how the work may be installed to the Consultant and Owner for approval.

1.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING

A. Upon completion of installation and Contractor commissioning (as outlined in Section 3), the
Consultant shall perform system(s) inspection and testing.

B. To assist the Consultant, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of one person for
inspection and two persons for testing who are familiar with all aspects of the system(s).

C. The process of testing the system(s) may necessitate moving and adjusting certain
components such as speaker aiming and transformer tap values.

D. Testing will include operation of each system and any components deemed necessary.
Provide required test equipment, tools, and materials required to perform necessary repairs
and/or adjustments.

E. In the event that further adjustments or work is required during testing, the Contractor shall
continue his work until the system(s) is (are) acceptable at no addition to the contract price.
If approval is delayed due the defective equipment, and/or failure of equipment or installation
to meet the requirements of this specification, the Contractor shall pay for additional time
and expenses of the Owner at the rate specified by the Owner.

F. All Control Systems shall be fully tested prior to Final Testing. Once the Control
Programming is “finalized” all source code, programming, and touch panel software shall be
“burned” on to a CD ROM and delivered to the owner. All Control System programming
(including source, files, touch panel design), and DSP is the property of the owner.

G. Infrastructure Labeling Requirements: Raceways, boxes and fittings shall be Underwriters'


Laboratories, Inc. (UL) listed and labeled. UL listing and labeling will not be required if it can
be shown that raceways and boxes meet the requirements of another nationally recognized
testing laboratory (NRTL).Required licenses and permits including any required bonding or
insurance requirements that comply with general conditions of specifications and contract
documentation.

1.11 WARRANTY

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 6 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
A. All equipment provided by the Contractor shall be installed per manufacturer’s specifications
and warranted by the Contractor for a period of one (1) year from the date of written
acceptance to meet all performance requirements outlined herein. Warranties shall not be
pro-rated. For all Owner-provided equipment, include pricing for an initial one year service
contract.

B. During the warranty period, no charges shall be made for any labor, equipment, or
transportation to maintain performance and functions.

C. The Contractor shall respond with remedy to a trouble call within twenty-four (24) hours after
receipt of such a call, and shall provide a 24-hour service phone number. Downtime for
system(s) shall be no longer than a 24-hour period. All replacement parts/components shall
be of equal or higher level for service.

D. Equivalent replacement equipment shall be temporarily provided when immediate on-site


repairs cannot be made.

E. At least one routine inspection and adjustment visits will be scheduled for the first year.
Submit reports to the Owner.

F. Provide a separate price for an optional yearly service contract for five (5) years, to begin at
the end of the initial warranty and service contract. Provide details on coverage and options.

G. The Contractor shall be present at the first use of the system (scheduled by the owner), and
(one) additional event as requested by the owner.

1.12 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL

A. After final inspection and completion, provide instruction to Owner-designated personnel on


the operation and maintenance of the system(s).

B. Develop an instructional course based on the use of the system(s) and manufacturers’
recommendations. Provide a minimum of six (6) hours of instruction. Arrange course so that
operational and maintenance classes are separate.

C. Submit an outline of the course with sample instructional aids for approval thirty (30) days
prior to scheduled instruction sessions.

D. The Contractor shall be present at first system use and one (1) additional event as
requested by the Owner.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Electronic component models shall be commercially available for a least one (1) year prior to
bid, or be approved by the Owner.

B. All equipment and material shall be new.

C. All equipment must be UL listed or built to UL standards, where required.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 7 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
2.2 GENERAL

A. All equipment shall be professional grade and rated for continuous duty. Basic guidelines
have been prepared with manufacturer names, makes, and model numbers included as
minimum performance requirements. These must be satisfied, unless a variance (separate
document) is submitted and approved by the Owner.

B. System(s) shall be installed and configured for simplicity of operation, with user-friendly
controls.

C. Product quantity is as required for complete and operable system(s). If any quantities are
given, the Audiovisual System Contractor shall provide at least the given amount. Some of
the product listed under this section may not be required to fulfill the work as outlined.

D. Regardless of the length or completeness of the descriptive paragraphs listed herein, each
device shall meet published manufacturer’s specifications.

E. Remove all manufacturer’s nameplates or logos from product, such as found on speaker(s),
within the public sight lines or spaces.

F. Paint all wall and ceiling mounted speaker grilles and enclosures as directed by the
Architect.

G. The Contractor is responsible for providing a fully operational turnkey system. The following
equipment list and attached drawings are for design intent purposes. It is the responsibility
of the AV contractor to review the AV specification and drawing package to ensure that the
design intent, quantities and equipment is captured in the bids proposal.

2.3 EQUIPMENT – PUBLIC MEETING ROOM

A. CD/MP3 Player

1. CD-R/RW playback compatibility.


2. Instant start.
3. Direct track select buttons.
4. CD-Text.
5. Auto cue.
6. +/- 12% Pitch control.
7. Folder/title search.
8. Repeat mode (Single track/all tracks/program and random repeat)
9. RCA Stereo outputs and Coaxial RCA Digital output (SPDIF).
10. Headphone output.
11. Rack mounted.
12. Acceptable product:
a) Denon DN-C615 or equal by Tascam (provide one)

B. CD Record Deck

1. CD-R and CD-RW Recorder and Player.


2. Compatible with CD-R data, CD-R for digital audio, CD-RW data, and CD-RW for digital
audio.
3. CD-Text and ID3 tag display.
4. Input CD-Text to recorded tracks from front panel.
5. Play unfinalized CD-Rs and CD-RWs

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 8 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
6. Analog and Coaxial/Optical (SPDIF) digital inputs and outputs.
7. Auto fade-in and out with programmable time.
8. Sync (level dependent) recording.
9. Headphone output.
10. Auto-cue feature for playback.
11. Rack mounted.
12. Acceptable product:
a) Marantz CDR633 or equal by Tascam (provide one)

C. Wireless Microphone

1. 1440 frequencies within a 36 MHz switching bandwidth.


2. Robust metal construction.
3. Pilot tone squelch.
4. Audio signal metering on transmitter LCD display.
5. XLR and ¼ inch outputs.
6. Handheld transmitter.
7. Rack mounted.
8. Acceptable product:
a) Sennheiser ew135G2 or Equal by Shure (provide one)

D. Eight Channel Microphone mixer

1. Four balanced mic/line inputs (XLR).


2. 15V Phantom power.
3. Bi-color signal present/overload indicators.
4. Trimless mic stage preamplifiers.
5. Four balanced stereo line inputs (TRS).
6. Independent mono switch.
7. 12dB of line gain.
8. Two balanced outputs (XLR).
9. Independent overload indicators.
10. Independent level controls.
11. Internal pad for mic level output.
12. Rack mounted.
13. Acceptable product:
a) Rane MLM 82S (provide one)

E. Automixer

1. Eight balanced mic-line input channels (Phoenix block connectors)


2. One unbalanced ¼” aux level input.
3. Eight unbalanced ¼” direct line level outputs.
4. One balanced master line level output (Phoenix block connectors)
5. Selectable 48V phantom power per channel.
6. Level selectable peak output limiter.
7. Rack mounted.
8. Acceptable product:
a) Shure SCM810 (provide one)

F. DSP

1. Four balanced analog I/O plus AES3 stereo digital I/O.


2. Up to 48-bit precision processing.
3. 106 dB dynamic range for line levels.
4. Studio grade mic/line preamplifiers on all analog inputs.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 9 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
5. 48 volt phantom power.
6. Presets recall via contact closures’.
7. Versatile input port for remote control via voltage.
8. Versatile output port provides relay drive.
9. 10Base-T Ethernet control.
10. RS-485 control.
11. Acceptable product:
a) Rane RPM 44 (provide one)

G. Assistive Listening System

1. Field strength maximum 8000 micro volts.


2. Transmitter input balanced with level of -55dBu to +21dBu.
3. Antenna type 50 ohm BNC.
4. Receiver to be battery powered and have approximately a 30 hour life when used with
alkaline batteries.
5. Four receivers with ear speakers.
6. Acceptable product:
a) Listen LS03 (provide one)

H. Two Channel Audio DA

1. Two operation modes: stereo and combine.


2. Four outputs per channel.
3. Balanced line level XLR connectors.
4. Ground lift, level control, and clip indicator light on each output.
5. Input signals are monitored by signal-present LEDs and clip LEDs.
6. Headphone circuit to monitor either channel.
7. Acceptable product:
a) Whirlwind DA-2 (provide four)

I. Amplifier

1. Switching power supply.


2. 2 RU chassis.
3. Solid state two channel.
4. Protection circuits: shorted, open, mismatched loads, overheating, DC, high-frequency
overload, under/over voltage, and internal faults.
5. Channel specific fault protection.
6. Front panel power switch.
7. Rear-mounted level controls and mode switch.
8. 300 watts per channel at 70V
9. Acceptable product:
a) Crown CTs 600 or equal by QSC (provide one)

J. Speaker

1. Consistent 120 degree broadband pattern control.


2. Coaxial design.
3. Kevlar-reinforced 6.5 inch woofer and 1 inch compression driver.
4. 150 watts power handling.
5. 70V taps: 68W, 34W, 17W, 8.5W
6. Back can.
7. Acceptable product:
a) JBL Control 227CT (provide eight)
b) JBL MTC-200BB6 (provide eight)

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 10 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
K. Wall Mount Control

1. 15 Programmable buttons with LED feedback.


2. Customizable backlit button labels.
3. Five way navigation pad.
4. Volume control knob and LED bar graph.
5. Built-in IR receiver and light sensor.
6. Two RS-232, two IR, four inputs and six relay control ports.
7. Cresnet, 10/100 Ethernet and built-in webserver.
8. Acceptable product:
a) Crestron MPC-M25 (provide one)

L. Rack

1. 21 RU and 20 inches deep.


2. Welded construction with up to 300 lb. weight capacity.
3. Abundant Velco and internal cable tie points.
4. 10-32 threaded rack rails with marked rack space increments.
5. Grounding/bonding stud in top and bottom of center section and backpan.
6. 16-guage steel construction with 1/8 inch think laser-cut corner braces.
7. Reversible padlackable center section.
8. Power distribution.
9. Acceptable product:
a) Middle Atlantic DWR-21-22PD (provide one)
b) Middle Atlantic DWR-FK22 (provide one)
c) Middle Atlantic PD-815SC (provide one)

2.4 EQUIPMENT – STAFF LOUNGE

A. DVD Player

1. DVD, DVD+/-RW, CD, CD-r/RW, VCD Playback.


2. MP3, WMA, DivX Playback.
3. JPEG Playback, Kodak Photo CD compatible.
4. HDMI Interface.
5. NTSC/PAL Conversion.
6. IR, RS-232 Control.
7. Simultaneous output from all analog video outputs.
8. Optical, Coaxial digital outputs.
9. Programmable DVD playback.
10. Changeable wallpaper.
11. Rack mounted.
12. Acceptable product:
a) Denon DN-V210 (provide one)

B. Flat Panel Display

1. 32” LCD.
2. 2000:1 Contrast ratio.
3. 500 cd/m2 brightness.
4. 1366 x 768 native resolution.
5. Built-in expansion slots.
6. Inputs: DVI-D, Analog D-sub, 5 BNC (RGBHV), Composite (Shared RCA and BNC), S-
Video, HDMI, Component BNC.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 11 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
7. RS-232 control.
8. TV tuner.
9. Power conditioner.
10. Tilt wall mount.
11. Attached speakers.
12. Acceptable product:
a) NEC LCD3215 (provide one)
b) NEC SP4020-4620 (provide one)
c) Furman AC-215 (provide one)
d) Chief MTR6045 (provide one)

C. UTP Receiver

1. Female RJ-45 input.


2. Female HD-15 output, one 1/8 inch captive screw connector, one female RJ-45 loop
through connector.
3. Receives high resolution video and mono audio signals 600 feet or more over single
UTP cable.
4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite
video.
5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync.
6. Separate variable level and peaking controls.
7. Additional buffered UTP output for daisy-chaining up to eight receivers.
8. LED power indicator on front panel.
9. Rack mountable.
10. Acceptable Product:
a) Extron MTP RL 15HD A (provide two)

2.5 EQUIPMENT – PRE-FUNCTION AREA

A. Flat Panel Display

1. 32” LCD.
2. 2000:1 Contrast ratio.
3. 500 cd/m2 brightness.
4. 1366 x 768 native resolution.
5. Built-in expansion slots.
6. Inputs: DVI-D, Analog D-sub, 5 BNC (RGBHV), Composite (Shared RCA and BNC), S-
Video, HDMI, Component BNC.
7. RS-232 control.
8. TV tuner.
9. Power conditioner.
10. Tilt wall mount.
11. Attached speakers.
12. Custom enclosure w/ceiling mount (mahogany finish)
13. Acceptable product:
a) NEC LCD3215 (provide one)
b) NEC SP4020-4620 (provide one)
c) Furman AC-215 (provide one)
d) Chief MTR6045 (provide one)
e) Forbes AV Custom 8938 – ceiling mount (provide one)

B. UTP Receiver

1. Female RJ-45 input.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 12 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
2. Female HD-15 output, one 1/8 inch captive screw connector, one female RJ-45 loop
through connector.
3. Receives high resolution video and mono audio signals 600 feet or more over single
UTP cable.
4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite
video.
5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync.
6. Separate variable level and peaking controls.
7. Additional buffered UTP output for daisy-chaining up to eight receivers.
8. LED power indicator on front panel.
9. Rack mountable.
10. Acceptable Product:
a) Extron MTP RL 15HD A (provide two)

2.6 EQUIPMENT – LOBBY VIS

A. DVD Player

1. DVD, DVD+/-RW, CD, CD-r/RW, VCD Playback.


2. MP3, WMA, DivX Playback.
3. JPEG Playback, Kodak Photo CD compatible.
4. HDMI Interface.
5. NTSC/PAL Conversion.
6. IR, RS-232 Control.
7. Simultaneous output from all analog video outputs.
8. Optical, Coaxial digital outputs.
9. Programmable DVD playback.
10. Changeable wallpaper.
11. Rack mounted.
12. Acceptable product:
a) Denon DN-V210 or equal by Tascam (provide one)

B. Flat Panel Display

1. 32” LCD.
2. 2000:1 Contrast ratio.
3. 500 cd/m2 brightness.
4. 1366 x 768 native resolution.
5. Built-in expansion slots.
6. Inputs: DVI-D, Analog D-sub, 5 BNC (RGBHV), Composite (Shared RCA and BNC), S-
Video, HDMI, Component BNC.
7. RS-232 control.
8. TV tuner.
9. Power conditioner.
10. Tilt wall mount.
11. Acceptable product:
a) NEC LCD3215 (provide one)
b) Furman AC-215 (provide one)
c) Chief MTR6045 (provide one)

C. Graphic Still Store

1. Stores BMP or JPEG format high resolution graphic files.


2. Plays back stored images as an automated, programmable slide show.
3. Smooth image transitions including cut and variable-rate dissolves.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 13 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
4. RGBHV or RGBS pass-through BNC inputs.
5. RGBHV or RGBS BNC outputs.
6. Upload graphic files from a PC via Ethernet.
7. 16 MB internal image storage.
8. RS-232 control.
9. Rack mountable.
10. Acceptable product:
a) Extron GSS 100 (provide one)

D. UTP Transmitter

1. Female HD-15 input.


2. Female RJ-45 output.
3. Transmits high resolution video and summed mono audio signals over a single UTP
cable.
4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite
video.
5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync.
6. Pre-peaking circuit for optimizing video signal on long cable runs.
7. LED power indicator on front panel.
8. Rack mountable.
9. Acceptable Product:
a) Extron MTP T 15HD A (provide two)

E. UTP Receiver

1. Female RJ-45 input.


2. Female HD-15 output, one 1/8 inch captive screw connector, one female RJ-45 loop
through connector.
3. Receives high resolution video and mono audio signals 600 feet or more over single
UTP cable.
4. Supports RGBHV, RGBS, RGsB, RsGsBs, component video, S-video, and composite
video.
5. Compatible with HDTV component video, bi-level or tri-level sync.
6. Separate variable level and peaking controls.
7. Additional buffered UTP output for daisy-chaining up to eight receivers.
8. LED power indicator on front panel.
9. Rack mountable.
10. Acceptable Product:
a) Extron MTP RL 15HD A (provide two)

F. Rack

1. High-quality black wood grain laminate finish.


2. 12 RU by 18 inches deep.
3. Power distribution.
4. Acceptable product:
a) Middle Atlantic BRK12 (provide one)
b) Middle Atlantic PD-815SC (provide one)

2.7 EQUIPMENT – PAGING

A. Amplifier

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 14 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
1. Switching power supply.
2. 2 RU chassis.
3. Solid state four channel.
4. Protection circuits: shorted, open, mismatched loads, overheating, DC, high-frequency
overload, under/over voltage, and internal faults.
5. Channel specific fault protection.
6. Front panel power switch.
7. Rear-mounted level controls and mode switch.
8. 220 watts at 70V by four channels.
9. Acceptable product:
a) Crown CTs 4200 USP/CN or equal by QSC (provide two)

B. Matrix Processor:

1. All system parameters shall be software controllable via serial port.


2. Software shall be supplied with DSP.
3. System signal processing shall include crossover functions, parametric, and graphic
equalization, delay, compression, limiting, and feedback suppression.
4. Software shall allow for easy and flexible configuration of the DSP.
5. DSP shall have at least eight (8) with up to then (10) outputs configurable in any
configuration.
6. DSP shall include user definable preset configurations.
7. All inputs and outputs shall be electronically balanced.
8. Provide appropriate serial cables as required for computer interface.
9. Contractor shall utilize software configuration as supplied by Consultant and shall
submit finals for approval
10. Provide the latest release version of software.
11. Processor shall be rack-mounted.
12. Acceptable product:
a) Ashly ne24.24m (provide one)
b) Ashly ne24.24m Input (provide three)

C. Backup Power Supply

1. 1850 Watts / 2200 VA output power capacity.


2. Nine NEMA 5-15R and 2 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
3. RS-232, Smart-Slot, and USB interface ports.
4. Rack mounted.
5. Acceptable product:
a) APC SUA2200XL (provide one)

D. Speakers

1. 4” ceiling type with self contained enclosure.


2. Speaker shall have a 4 inch woofer and tweeter.
3. Formed steel back can.
4. Wattage Taps: 3.7, 7.5, 15, 30
5. Acceptable product:
a) JBL Control 24CT (provide fifty-five)

E. Rack

1. Welded construction with up to 10000 lb load capacity.


2. Cable pass-through
3. Standard locking rear door
4. Electrical knockouts on removable split rear plates

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 15 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
5. Provide with vented front and rear door, keylock side panels, fan top with 10” fan and
rear rack rails.
6. 1/8” thick internal steel braces
7. Acceptable product:
a) Middle Atlantic WRK-44-32 (provide one)
b) Middle Atlantic VFD-44
c) Middle Atlantic MW-VRD-44
d) Middle Atlantic SPN-44-312
e) Middle Atlantic MW-10FT-550CFM
f) Middle Atlantic CBS-WRK-32
g) Middle Atlantic WRK-RR44
h) Furman PL-8C or approved equal

2.8 PLATES, PANELS, CONDUIT AND FLOOR BOXES

A. Provide plates and panels as described in the drawings and as required for fully operable
system(s).

B. Custom plates shall be 1/8” thick aluminum, standard EIA sizes, brushed black anodized
finished unless otherwise noted.

C. Plastic plates are not allowed.

D. Lettering shall be in all caps and numbers engraved with a color contrasting to the base
material with a minimum size of 0.25”.

E. Acceptable manufacturers of custom plates and panels:

1. FSR or approved equal


2. RCI Custom
3. Panel Crafters

F. Conduit and Outlet Box System:

1. Empty Conduit and outlet box system complying with sections 16050 and 16820
2. Not less than ¾” conduit size and larger conduit sizes as indicated.

G. Outlet Boxes:

1. 1 gang box – 2-1/8 inches deep by 2-1/8 inches high with 1 gang ring.
2. 3 gang box – 2-1/8 inches deep by 2-1/8 inches high with 1 gang ring
3. 12” x 12” NEMA Type 1 enclosure
4. 24” x 24” NEMA Type 1 enclosure
5. Others as required or per manufacturer’s recommendation

H. Cover Plates

1. Comply with Section 16050 and 16820.


2. Provide blank plates for all outlet boxes that are not utilized for each phase.

I. Floor Boxes: Shall be as follows:

1. Acceptable Product: The product shall be the FSR or Wiremold.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 16 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
a) FSR FL-710 in Meeting Room
b) FSR-710-BLK-C
c) Wiremold RFB4 in Conference Room
d) Wiremold S38CCTCBS

2. Type: Unless otherwise indicated, floor boxes shall be fully adjustable, UL listed, CUL
listed, scrub water approved and not less than 480 in3 in volume. Adjustment leveling
feet shall provide 1/8 inch (minimum) vertical or angular (tilting) adjustment.
3. Cover Plates: Unless otherwise indicated, cover plates for floor boxes shall be made of
heavy steel not less than 11-gauge thick and each shall be provided with a 0.25 inch
aluminum ring (SLP-type) or flange permanently attached to the adjusting ring.

2.9 CABLES AND WIRING

A. All audio cable shall be stranded copper.

B. Shielded cables located in raceways shall have aluminum foil shield with drain wire.

C. Where speaker cables are run exposed in return plenum space, provide plenum rated cable.

D. Where cables are routed through cable tray, provide tray rated cable of equal gauge.

E. Provide the following as required for fully operable system(s).

1. Microphone level cables: No. 22 shielded jacketed – West Penn 452 with gray jacket.
2. Line level cables: No. 22 shielded jacketed – West Penn 452 with gray jacket.
3. Constant voltage speakers: amplifier to zone: Min No. 14 gauge – West Penn 226.
4. Constant voltage speakers: plenum rated amplifier to zone: No. 14 gauge jacketed-
West Penn 25266.
5. Constant voltage speakers: within zone No. 16 gauge jacketed – West Penn 225.
6. Constant voltage speakers: within zone plenum No. 16 gauge jacketed – West Penn
252225.
7. Communication outlet cables: No. 20 shielded – Belden 83559 Plenum.
8. Ethersound cables (runs under 105m): No. 24 – Belden 1304A.
9. Control cables: No. 20 shielded – Belden 83559 Bladen.
10. Communication outlet cables: No. 22 shielded – Belden 83559 Plenum.
11. RGB video cable: Belden 1406B, 1407B, 1417B as required.
12. RGB riser: Belden 7710A, 7711A, 7712A, 7713B as required.
13. RGB plenum rated: Belden 1824A, 1825A, 1826A as required.
14. SVHS cables: Belden 1808A as required.
15. Precision video cable: Gepco VSD200ITS Plenum as required.
16. RGB sync cable: West Penn wire WP6355as required.
17. Loudspeaker cable: No. 10 THHN provide different colors for each pass band type,
supply plenum as required.
18. Antenna cable: RG-59 minimum refer to manufacturer’s specification and
recommendations as required.

2.10 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Where specific equipment is described, it is not the intention to discriminate against the
products of other manufacturers, but rather to establish a standard of quality. All proposed
substitutions should be submitted as alternates with complete data.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 17 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
B. The Owner requires manufacturer’s original specification tests. The owner will evaluate and
approve all substitutions.

C. Items designated “no substitutions” will be specified item only. Submission of items other
than specified shall not be considered.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Electronic equipment shall be permanently mounted in equipment racks.

B. Follow ASDI standards as a minimum.

C. Provide shaft locks or security covers on non-user operated equipment having front panel
access.

D. Install XLR-type connectors wired as follows: Pin 2 High, Pin 3 Low, and Pin 1 Shield.

E. Mount all equipment, speakers, plates and panels, plumb and level.

F. Permanently install all equipment to be firmly mounted and held in place. Provide necessary
equipment supports to hold and support loads with at least a 5:1 safety factor.

G. Raceway

1. Install raceway and outlet box system continuous from outlet to junction box and to
equipment location with no more than four (4) quarter bends (360 degrees total).
2. Install raceway from outlet boxes to cable ladder in corridor as indicated. Bush and
ream conduit ends and terminate with insulated bushings. Clamp conduit to ladder as
required for proper support. Provide fittings.
3. Install raceway from outlet boxes to accessible ceiling spaces. Bush and ream conduit
ends and terminate with insulated brushings.
4. Where cable tray/ladder is not utilized, make continuous runs from box to box with
isolation from building systems as required.

H. Floor Boxes

1. General: Install boxes as indicated or as necessary, complying with the manufacturer's


written instructions, applicable requirements of codes and standards, and according to
recognized industry practices. Finished installation shall have a 4 hour minimum fire
rating.
2. Room Locations: Install boxes per plans.
3. Adjustments: Under the following condition and with the approval of the Contracting
Officer, move raceways and boxes from the shown location as follows:
a) Where box locations shown would interfere or cause associated electrical
equipment to interfere with architectural, structural or mechanical features,
install the box in a location which eliminates interference but with the
smallest deviation from the location shown.

4. Knockouts: Open only knockouts which will be used for a conduit. Install tight fitting
knockout closers in holes from which conduits have been removed.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 18 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
5. Box Supports: Fasten raceways and boxes securely in place, using any approved
spring clips and other fasteners, required in Section 16072 - Supporting Devices.
6. No Extension Rings: Install boxes which provide the required volume without the use of
extension rings.
7. Masonry Boxes: Install masonry boxes where boxes are recessed in wood, concrete
block or brick or wood paneling. Saw-cut the opening for the boxes so that they will fit
snugly in the opening. Install boxes with front edges flush with adjacent surfaces.
8. Cast Metal Boxes: Install cast metal boxes with weatherproof covers under any of the
following conditions:
a) Exterior locations
b) Where exposed to moisture
c) In exposed rigid steel conduit systems

9. Boxes for Receptacles: Shall be equipped with a grounding terminal screw.


10. Communication, Signal and Alarm Outlets: Install boxes for telephone, intercom, public
address and fire alarm outlets. Grounding terminal is not required for these boxes.
11. Box Covers: Install box covers appropriate for the box, type of outlet and device, and
with additional requirements as follows:
a) For boxes recessed in gypsum wallboard, install raised device covers.
b) For exposed, surface mounted boxes, install covers deep drawn 1/2 inch,
with height and width dimensions identical to the associated box.
c) Terminate and install plates specified in Section 16140 - Wiring Devices and
per plans.
d) For cast metal boxes, install gasketed, cast metal covers.

12. Care for Insulation: Replace any thermal insulation cut or damaged during installation
of boxes.
13. Floor Box Adjustment: Adjust floor boxes and covers so that cover plates are flush with
the finished floor around the entire circumference.
14. Carpet Plates: In carpeted areas, install a carpet plate at each floor box.

3.2 EQUIPMENT HOUSING

A. Install amplifiers in equipment racks according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Provide adequate ventilation fans to maintain a rack temperature of less than 92 degrees
Fahrenheit.

C. Provide rear support for housing mounted equipment greater than 15” deep.

D. Allow a minimum of 20% open rack space.

E. Fill all empty spaces with blank panels, sizing as required, painted to match housing.

F. Locate operator useable equipment and patch panels at an appropriate operating height.

G. Key all door locks for each housing type (front, rear) alike.

H. Looking at the equipment racks from the rear of the racks, install all AC power and ground
cabling on the left and audio and video cabling on the right.

I. Provide lights mounted in the top of each rack to illuminate the interior for service or
maintenance. Lights shall be individually switch-able and placed so as to provide maximum
illumination throughout the rack.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 19 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
J. Provide rear-mounting rails as required for proper mounting.

3.3 LABELING

A. Provide, for each piece of rack-mounted equipment, an engraved lamicoid label and attach
to the front of the equipment. Install in a plumb, level, and permanent manner. Provide rear
mounted labeling for all rack-mounted equipment.

B. Provide engraved label over each user-operated control that describes the function or
purpose of the control. Adjust size of label to appropriate size for location.

C. Provide custom project plates at the top of each equipment rack designating consultant and
installation contractor (see rack elevations for details).

D. Provide each terminal strip with a unique descriptor and numerical designator for each strip.
Show strip information on the drawings.

E. Provide logical and legible cable and wiring labels permanently attached for easy
identification to each cable on both ends.

F. Label on cables shall be adhesive style striping covered with clear, heat shrink tubing, sized
appropriately for the cable.

G. Wiring designator shall be alphanumeric code, unique for each cable.

H. Each cable type shall be labeled starting with different destinations (i.e. mic series “Mxxx”,
speaker series “Sxxx”, etc.).

I. Locate the cable designator at the origination and the destination of each circuit. Locate
cable designator within 2” of connection point.

3.4 CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING

A. Prior to energizing or testing the system(s), ensure the following:

1. All products are installed in a proper and safe manner per the manufacturers’
instructions.
2. Insulation and shrink tubing are present where required.
3. Dust, debris, solder, splatter, etc. is removed.
4. Cable is dressed, routed, and labels and all connections are consistent with regard to
polarity.
5. All labeling has been provided and installed.
6. All products are neat, clean, unmarred and securely fastened.
7. All debris has been cleaned and removed from the site.
8. All electronic devices are properly grounded.

B. Perform the following test. Record all results in the final project manual.

1. Test each AC power outlet for proper connections for hot, neutral and ground.
2. Measure and record the DC resistance for the technical ground in the equipment racks
and console. Resistance should be 0.15 ohms or less.
3. Measure the impedance of each speaker line from the amplifier rack.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 20 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
C. Speaker Verification Test:

1. Provide a low level distinctive tone to each amplifier input.


2. Systematically turn on each amplifier, one by one, and verify that the correct speaker is
being driven. Correct wiring as required for proper operation.

D. Constant Voltage Speaker test:

1. Provide a low level distinctive tone to each amplifier input.


2. Systematically turn on each amplifier, one by one, and verify that the correct speaker is
being driven. Correct wiring as required for proper operation.
3. Walk the areas covered by the speakers and check for even level volume coverage.
Adjust any speakers that are not correct by changing tap values as required for even
volume level.

E. Speaker Polarity:

1. Use an electronic polarity checker to test each reinforcement speaker. All speakers
should have the same relative polarity.

F. System(s) Gain Adjustment:

1. Adjust each active device to have unity gain from the console output to the input of the
amplifiers.
2. With all amplifiers turned off, connect a sine wave and pink noise to an input of the
console. Using a RMS voltmeter, adjust the scale to an output between -10 and 0dBu.
Once level has been established, it should remain unchanged throughout the testing.

G. Signal Delay Adjustment:

1. Adjust the delay speakers to ensure proper synchronization between the main speakers
and the delayed speakers.
2. Using TEF20 or SMARRT Live measure and adjust the arrival times of each speaker to
be fully synchronized.

H. Amplifier Level Adjustment:

1. Adjust the gain of each amplifier to provide consistent and appropriate levels throughout
the seating areas/facilities.
2. With the console and other electronic devices feeding the amplifiers adjusted as
described above, adjust the output of the console to be -10dB on the output VU meter.
3. Adjust the appropriate amplifiers to achieve 85dBA in the area covered by one of the
speakers. Use a calibrated sound level meter to make the adjustments.
4. If the speaker is utilizing an active crossover, mute the individual bandpass sections to
adjust each section independently.
5. Start with the speaker closest to the stage area or the booth location as appropriate.
Once that speaker has been adjusted to the above criteria, repeat this procedure for
each speaker cabinet.
6. Amplifiers should be set to provide an average of 85dBA plus or minus 1.5dB
throughout each seating section.

I. Amplifier Level Adjustment 70 volt System:

1. Adjust the level of the 70 volt systems to achieve a volume level appropriate for their
location and intended use.

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 21 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 
2. After initial amplifier adjustment, walk all areas utilizing the 70 volt systems and check
for volume uniformity. If any changes of 3dB or more occur, adjust that specific area or
speaker as required for even coverage.

J. Input Verification Test:

1. Using a microphone, portable signal generator, or CD player, send signal from every
microphone input to the console. Check every connection location in the facility.
2. Verify video signal presence at each component input with test equipment and verify
the proper signal and uniform strength.
3. Verify that the receptacle under test appears at the correct position on the patch bay
and is operating properly.
4. In a similar manner, check any other inputs or tielines, as appropriate.

K. Video Path Tests:

1. Insertion Gain.
2. Line Time Waveform Distortion.
3. Short time Waveform Distortion (2T pulse).
4. Chrominance-Luminance Gain Inequality.
5. Gain/Frequency Distortion, Differential Gain and Phase

L. Notification:

1. Once all of the above is complete, the system(s) is (are) ready for inspection. Formally
notify the Owner at least seven (7) days prior to desired inspection date.
2. Final adjustments and equalization will be conducted at the time of inspection.

3.5 APPLICABLE FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS

A. The list below forms only a part of this specification.

1. J-C-30A &Am-1 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, fixed installations)


2. W-C-3735B Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit, and Service
3. W-C-586C Conduit outlet boxes, bodies, and entrance caps, electrical: cast metal
4. W-C-596E/Gen Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specifications
5. W-F-406B Fittings for Cable, Power, Electrical and Conduit, Metal, Flexible
6. W-F-408C Fittings for Conduit, Metal, Rigid, (Thick wall and EMT)
7. W-J-800D Junction Box: Extension, Junction Box; Cover, Junction Box (Steel,
Cadmium, or Zinc Coated)
8. HH-I-553C Insulation Tape, Electrical (Rubber, Natural, or Synthetic)
9. HH-i-595C Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic
10. WW-C-0054OC Conduit, Metal, Rigid: and Coupling, Elbow, Nipple, Electrical Conduit:
Aluminum
11. WW-C-566C Conduit, Metal, Flexible
12. WW-C-581 E Conduit, Metal, Rigid, and Intermediate: and Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple
Electrical Conduit: Steel Zinc Coated
13. C2-1990 National Electrical Safety Code
14. C97.1-1972 Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 600v or less
15. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
16. 142-1982 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems

END OF SECTION 11130

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 22 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction
 

AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT 11130 - 23 / 23


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

SECTION 11132 - PROJECTION SCREENS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Roll-up, electrically projected screens.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 05500 – Metal Fabrications: Metal rods, chains, bracing, fasteners and other
support components for suspending projection screens.
2. Section 06105 – Miscellaneous Carpentry: Wood blocking for installation of projection
screens.
3. Section 09250 – Gypsum Board Assemblies: Suspended gypsum board ceilings to
contain recessed projection screens.
4. Section 16400 – Electrical supply, conduit, and wiring for motorized projection screens.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01330 – Submittal Procedures:

1. List of proposed products and product data.


2. Shop drawings showing dimensions, method of attachment, structural support, bracing,
and electrical wiring.
3. Samples of finishes for selection by Architect.
4. Manufacturer’s installation and maintenance instructions.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source limitation: Obtain projection screens from single manufacturer as a complete unit
including necessary mounting hardware, motor, controls, limit switches, and accessories.

B. Motorized projection screens shall be certified for use in the United States and Canada by
Underwriters Laboratory (UL), Inc. and shall bear UL label.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Do not deliver projection screens until building is enclosed, other construction within spaces
where screens will be installed is substantially complete and installation of screens is ready to
begin.

B. Deliver products in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers with labels intact.

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 1 / 4


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES

A. Draper, Inc., 411 South Pearl Street, Spiceland, IN 47385.

1. Draper Access Series V.

B. Manufacturers of equivalent products submitted and approved in accordance with Section 01630
– Product Substitution Procedures.

2.2 MOTORIZED PROJECTION SCREENS

A. Type: Electrically operated projection screen for ceiling installation consisting of case, screen,
motor, controls, electric brake, limit switches, mounting accessories, and other components
necessary for complete installation.

B. Method of installation: Recessed ceiling mounted with 3/8 diameter threaded steel suspension
rods.

C. Screen case:

1. Extruded aluminum housing with white paint finish and stamped steel end caps suitable
for installation in return air plenums. Bottom closure panel forms slot for passage of
viewing surface and is removable for access to operating mechanism and viewing
surface. Bottom perimeter flange provides trim for gypsum board ceiling.
2. Housing is symmetrical allowing for left and right hand motor locations and for viewing
surface to unroll off front or back of roller.
3. Housing designed with internal junction box and plug-in wiring connections to allow
housing to be installed and connected to building power supply separately from motor
and viewing surface.

D. Roller: Factory installed 3 inches diameter steel or aluminum tube mounted on zinc plated
brackets with double row radial ball bearings. Roller mounted on vibration insulators.

E. Viewing surface securely attached to roller at top and at bottom to weighted dowel. Provide each
side of viewing surface with black masking borders and tab-guide cable tensioning system to
maintain even lateral tension and to hold surface flat. Top of screen masked by 12” (30 cm)
black drop.

2.3 VIEWING SURFACE

A. Material: Matt white vinyl surface laminated on woven fiberglass base and surface is washable,
flame resistant, and mildew resistant; Fiberglass Matt White Surface as manufactured by
Draper, Inc.

B. Size of viewing surface:

1. Public Meeting Room: 58 inches high by 104 inches wide.

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 2 / 4


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

2. Children’s Program Room: 45 inches high by 80 inches wide.

C. Joints: Viewing surface shall contain no seams.

D. Edge treatment: 2 inches wide black masking borders.

E. Extra drop: 12 inches, black. A/V contractor to determine and verify.

2.4 MOTOR

A. Type: 110-120 VAC, 60 HZ, 3 wire, instantly reversible, lifetime lubricated, and equipped with
internal thermal overload protector, electric brake, and pre-set accessible limit switches.

B. Mount inside screen roller on rubber vibration insulators.

2.5 CONTROLS

A. Provide 1 control stations to lower, raise, stop and reverse projection screen at any point.

B. Single station control: 3-position rocker switch with cover plate, accepting 110V current, and
operating by sustained contact.

C. Low voltage control: Control station without switches for interface with master control system.
Wiring from switches or receivers to low voltage control unit to be 24 V.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with ceiling construction and related
components penetrating or above ceilings such as lighting fixtures, mechanical equipment,
ductwork, and fire-suppression system.

B. Coordinate requirements for blocking, structural supports, and bracing to ensure adequate means
for installation of screens.

C. Coordinate requirements for power supply conduit, and wiring required for projection screen
motors and controls.

D. Coordinate interface and installation of screen and masking controls with provision of video
projector/projector control system.

E. Prior to installation, verify type and location of power supply.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install projection screens and controls at locations and heights indicated on drawings.

B. Comply with screen manufacturer’s written instructions and shop drawings.

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 3 / 4


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION POLY*/7590
Washington, DC 100% Final Construction

C. Install screens securely to supporting substrate so that screens are level and back of case is
plumb.

D. Provide required brackets, hanger rods and fasteners.

3.3 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION

A. Test motorized projection screens to verify that screen, controls, limit switches, closure, and other
operating components are functional. Ensure that screen is level and viewing surface plumb
when extended. Correct deficiencies.

B. Demonstrate operation of screen to Owner’s designated representatives.

3.4 PROTECTING

A. Protect projection screens after installation from damage from construction operations. If damage
occurs, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to provide units in
their original, undamaged condition.

END OF SECTION 11132

PROJECTION SCREENS 11132 - 4 / 4


 
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 11451 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:


1. Cooking equipment including microwave ovens.
2. Refrigerator/freezers.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. LEED Submittal:
1. Product Data for Credit EA 1.4: For appliances, documentation indicating that
products are ENERGY STAR rated.

C. Samples: For each exposed finish.

D. Maintenance data.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer


for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in


NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.

C. Residential Appliances: Comply with NAECA standards.

D. Energy Ratings: Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR
product labeling program.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of each


appliance specified agrees to repair or replace residential appliances or components
that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Microwave Oven: Five-year limited warranty for defects in the magnetron tube.
2. Refrigerator/Freezer: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on the
sealed refrigeration system.

RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
11451 - 1/3
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each residential appliance is based on
the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the
named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers
specified.

2.2 COOKING APPLIANCES

A. Microwave Oven:
a. Hotpoint.
b. KitchenAid.
c. Maytag.
2. Basis-of-Design Product: GE “Profile” Countertop Microwave Oven, Model
#PEB1590SMSS or a comparable product by one of the following:
a. Hotpoint.
b. KitchenAid.
c. Maytag.
3. Oven Capacity: 1.5 cu. ft..
4. Exhaust Fan: Nonvented, recirculating-type with charcoal filter.

2.3 REFRIGERATION APPLIANCES

A. Refrigerator/Freezer:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: GE “Profile” Energy Star Side by Side Refrigerator,
Model #PSFW3YGXSS or a comparable product by one of the following:
a. Hotpoint.
b. KitchenAid.
c. Maytag.
2. Type: Freestanding, side-by-side refrigerator/freezer.
3. Storage Capacity:
a. Fresh Food Compartment Volume: 14.55 cu. ft..
b. Freezer Volume: 8.61 cu. ft..
4. Front Panel: Stainless-steel door front and lower access panel.

RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
11451 - 2/3
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been
completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate
equipment.

B. Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements.

END OF SECTION 11451

RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
11451 - 3/3
GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 11510 - LIBRARY EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes


1. Book Trucks
2. Under Counter Book Return Carts

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BOOK TRUCKS – Provide 8 Book Trucks

A. Aluminum Book Trucks as manufactured by DEMCO

1. Fully welded aluminum construction

2. 300 lb. capacity, 100 lbs. per shelf

3. 12-1/2” between shelves

4. 5” diameter “LibraryQuiet” casters, 2 locking

5. Color to be Light Beige

2.2 UNDER COUNTER BOOK RETURN CARTS – Provide 4 Carts

A. Under Counter Cushion Drop Book Return Cart as manufactured by Kingsley.

1. 190 Book/475 DVD/CD capacity

2. 26” maximum height

3. Ball bearing casters

LIBRARY EQUIPMENT 11510 - 1/2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION HWA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DELIVERY

A. Deliver library equipment to the site in an undamaged condition and protect against
damage.

END OF SECTION 11510

LIBRARY EQUIPMENT 11510 - 2/2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 11511 – LIBRARY BOOK AND MEDIA DESPOSITORY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes through wall single drop library depository.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details.

C. Samples: For exterior finish.

D. Product test reports.

E. Maintenance data.

F. Warranty.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by


manufacturer.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to


repair or replace components of depository that fail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and
other materials beyond normal wear.
2. Limited Warranty Period: Life of building.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LIBRARY DEPOSITORY

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Kingsley


“Kwik Drop Standard Book Return Faceplate” #10-8950-BK with “Stainless Steel
Standard Chute” #50-8500.

LIBRARY BOOK AND MEDIA DEPOSITORY 11511- 1/2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. General Features:
a. Weather-resistant.
b. Theft-deterrence.
c. Wording:
1) “BOOK RETURN” on faceplate.
2. Exterior Materials and Features
a. Material: 16 gage stainless steel exterior faceplate, depository doors and
cover plate. #4 finish.
b. Features:
1) Built-in weather shroud and door flap.
2) Depository Doors: Flush mounted spring loaded doors which open
inward and down. Doors are field replaceable.
3. Interior Materials and Features:
a. Materials:
1) Chute Housing: 20 gage stainless steel
2) Entry Chute: 16 gage stainless steel.
3) Interior Trim: 16 gage stainless steel.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Transport Carts: As specified in Section 11510 “Library Equipment.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Inspect wall opening and verify dimensions prior to installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install depository according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install using anchorage or bracing as recommended by manufacturer and as required


for stability. Complete installation to comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION 11511

LIBRARY BOOK AND MEDIA DEPOSITORY 11511- 2/2


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 12560 – LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes the following free-standing library furniture and equipment:

1. Bulletin Boards; EQ-1, EQ-2 and EQ-3.


2. Filing Cabinets; EQ-5, EQ-10, EQ-11, EQ-12 EQ-13.
3. Computer Stand; EQ-8.
4. Computer Workstations; EQ-9.
5. Worksurface Basket: EQ-18.
6. Clock: EQ-16.
7. Stepping Stools: EQ-17.
8. Waste Basket: EQ-18.
9. Recycling Bins: EQ-19.
10. Film Scanner: EQ-20.
11. Step Ladder; EQ-14
12. Chairs.
13. Tables.

B. RELATED SECTIONS
1. Division 1 Section "LEED Requirements" for additional LEED requirements.
2. Section 06400 “Interior Woodwork Refinishing” for restoration of existing
furniture.
3. Section 06402 “Interior Architectural Woodwork” for mahogany custom built
furniture.
4. Section 11101 “Visual Display Surfaces” for marker boards, EQ-4.
5. Section 11510 “Library Equipment” for book trucks and book return carts; EQ-6
and EQ-7.
6. Section 11511 “Library Book and Media Depository” for through-wall drop
system.
7. Refer to Equipment Schedule on Drawings.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. LEED Submittals:

C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
work.

1. Seating Layout: Show seating layout, aisle widths, row-lettering and chair-
numbering scheme, chair widths, and chair spacing in each row.

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 1/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

2. Accessories: Show accessories, including locations of left- and right-hand tablet


arms, electrical devices, accessibility provisions, and attachments to other work.

D. Samples: For each seating component and for each color and texture required.

E. Product Certificates: For each type of flame-retardant treatment of fabric, from


manufacturer.

F. Maintenance Data.

G. Warranty.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Upholstery Fabric Source Limitations: Obtain fabric of a single dye lot for each color
and pattern of fabric required.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics of Upholstered Chairs:

1. Fabric: Class 1 according to DOC CS 191 and 16 CFR 1610.61, tested


according to California Technical Bulletin 117.
2. Padding: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 117.
3. Full-Scale Fire Test: Comply with California Technical Bulletin 133.

C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of electrical wiring and devices with seating layout to ensure
that floor junction boxes for electrical devices are accurately located to allow
connection without exposed conduit.

1.5 WARRANTIES

A. Chairs: Manufacturers Standard 12 year, 3-shift warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Refer to Furniture Schedule and Equipment Schedule on Drawing Sheet A-5.51 for
quantity, location and color.

2.2 FILING CABINETS; EQ-5

A. Mobile Pedestal Filing Cabinets: HON “Embark” Series with “M” pull.

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 2/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

1. Model: HON 1623MP.


2. Dimensions: 15 W x 20 D x 28 H inches.
3. Casters: Locking.
4. Color: Black.

2.3 COMPUTER PRINTER STANDS; EQ-8

A. Mobile Under Desk Machine Stand: SAFECO; SAF 1855BL.


1. Dimensions: 20-1/2 W x 16-1/2 D x 14-1/2 H inches.
2. Casters: 4, 2 locking.

2.4 COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS; EQ-9

A. Mobile Laptop Z-Frame Computer Workstation: SAFCO; TIF 944.


1. Dimensions: 23-1/2 W x 19-1/2 D x 28-1/2 H inches.
2. Finish: To be selected by Architect.

2.5 CHAIRS

A. Ergonomic Chairs:
1. Manufacturer: Herman Miller “Aeron Chairs.”
2. Style: Work Chair.
3. Seat & Back Textile: “Waves Pellicle.”
a. Color: “Carbon.”
4. Armrest Material: Plastic.
5. Frame: Steel.
6. Recycled Content: 62%
a. Post Consumer: 41%
b. Pre Consumer: 21%

B. Molded Plastic Chairs: 100% recyclable, High-density polyethylene or polypropylene,


blow or injection molded, with smooth and perforated surfaces that ares mar and dent
resistant.
1. Manufacturer: Herman Miller “Caper Chairs.”
2. Chair Styles:
a. Stackers.
1) Floor saver glides.
2) Casters.
b. Multipurpose.
3. Recycled content: 21% recycled content.
a. Post consumer: 15%.
b. Pre consumer: 6%.
4. Color and Texture: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

C. Upholstered Chairs:
1. Manufacturer and Product: Lee Industries; #3088-01 Chair.
2. Upholstery Material: European, full grain, aniline dyed cowhide.
a. Manufacturer: Teddy & Arthur Edelman, Limited; “Dream Cow.”

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 3/4


GEORGETOWN NEIGHBORHOOD LIBRARY RENOVATION MJA/7590
Washington, DC 100% FINAL CONSTRUCTION

b. Colors:
1) Brownie DRC20.
2) Cola DRC15.
3) Soft Green DRC03.

2.6 TABLES

A. Tables: As shown on Drawings.


1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on Drawings or comparable product.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install furniture in locations indicated on Drawings.

END OF SECTION 12560

LIBRARY FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT 12560 - 4/4

You might also like